290
Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Reference Version: 8.1.1 Document Number: 09970811

MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    9

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales and Distribution Analysis

Module Reference

Version: 8.1.1

Document Number: 09970811

Page 2: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Eleventh Edition, September 2007, version 8.1.1

To ensure that you are using the documentation that corresponds to the software you are licensed to use, compare this version numberwith the software version shown in “About MicroStrategy...” in the Help menu of your software.

Document number: 09970811

Copyright © 2007 by MicroStrategy Incorporated. All rights reserved.

If you have not executed a written or electronic agreement with MicroStrategy or any authorized MicroStrategy distributor, the followingterms apply:

This software and documentation are the proprietary and confidential information of MicroStrategy Incorporated and may not beprovided to any other person. Copyright © 2001-2007 by MicroStrategy Incorporated. All rights reserved.

THIS SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND WITHOUT EXPRESS OR LIMITED WARRANTY OF ANYKIND BY EITHER MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED OR ANYONE WHO HAS BEEN INVOLVED IN THE CREATION,PRODUCTION, OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THEIMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, GOOD TITLE ANDNONINFRINGMENT, QUALITY OR ACCURACY. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THESOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION PROVE DEFECTIVE,YOU (AND NOT MICROSTRATEGY, INC. OR ANYONE ELSE WHO HAS BEEN INVOLVED WITH THE CREATION, PRODUCTION,OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION) ASSUME THE ENTIRE COST OF ALL NECESSARYSERVICING, REPAIR, OR CORRECTION. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SOTHE ABOVE EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.

In no event will MicroStrategy, Inc. or any other person involved with the creation, production, or distribution of the Software be liableto you on account of any claim for damage, including any lost profits, lost savings, or other special, incidental, consequential, orexemplary damages, including but not limited to any damages assessed against or paid by you to any third party, arising from the use,inability to use, quality, or performance of such Software and Documentation, even if MicroStrategy, Inc. or any such other person orentity has been advised of the possibility of such damages, or for the claim by any other party. In addition, MicroStrategy, Inc. or anyother person involved in the creation, production, or distribution of the Software shall not be liable for any claim by you or any otherparty for damages arising from the use, inability to use, quality, or performance of such Software and Documentation, based uponprinciples of contract warranty, negligence, strict liability for the negligence of indemnity or contribution, the failure of any remedy toachieve its essential purpose, or otherwise. The entire liability of MicroStrategy, Inc. and your exclusive remedy shall not exceed, atthe option of MicroStrategy, Inc., either a full refund of the price paid, or replacement of the Software. No oral or written informationgiven out expands the liability of MicroStrategy, Inc. beyond that specified in the above limitation of liability. Some states do not allowthe limitation or exclusion of liability for incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation may not apply to you.

The information contained in this manual (the Documentation) and the Software are copyrighted and all rights are reserved byMicroStrategy, Inc. MicroStrategy, Inc. reserves the right to make periodic modifications to the Software or the Documentation withoutobligation to notify any person or entity of such revision. Copying, duplicating, selling, or otherwise distributing any part of the Softwareor Documentation without prior written consent of an authorized representative of MicroStrategy, Inc. are prohibited. U.S. GovernmentRestricted Rights. It is acknowledged that the Software and Documentation were developed at private expense, that no part is publicdomain, and that the Software and Documentation are Commercial Computer Software provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS underFederal Acquisition Regulations and agency supplements to them. Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subjectto restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFAR252.227-7013 et. seq. or subparagraphs (c)(1) and (2) of the Commercial Computer Software—Restricted Rights at FAR 52.227-19,as applicable. Contractor is MicroStrategy, Inc., 1861 International Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102. Rights are reserved under copyrightlaws of the United States with respect to unpublished portions of the Software.

The following are either trademarks or registered trademarks of MicroStrategy Incorporated in the United States and certain othercountries:

MicroStrategy, MicroStrategy 6, MicroStrategy 7, MicroStrategy 7i, MicroStrategy 7i Evaluation Edition, MicroStrategy 7i Olap Services, MicroStrategy 8,MicroStrategy Evaluation Edition, MicroStrategy Administrator, MicroStrategy Agent, MicroStrategy Architect, MicroStrategy BI Developer Kit,MicroStrategy Broadcast Server, MicroStrategy Broadcaster, MicroStrategy Broadcaster Server, MicroStrategy Business Intelligence Platform,MicroStrategy Consulting, MicroStrategy CRM Applications, MicroStrategy Customer Analyzer, MicroStrategy Desktop, MicroStrategy Desktop Analyst,MicroStrategy Desktop Designer, MicroStrategy eCRM 7, MicroStrategy Education, MicroStrategy eTrainer, MicroStrategy Executive, MicroStrategyInfocenter, MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal Edition, MicroStrategy MDX Adapter, MicroStrategy NarrowcastServer, MicroStrategy Objects, MicroStrategy OLAP Provider, MicroStrategy SDK, MicroStrategy Support, MicroStrategy Telecaster, MicroStrategyTransactor, MicroStrategy Web, MicroStrategy Web Business Analyzer, MicroStrategy World, Alarm, Alarm.com, Alert.com, Angel, Angel.com,Application Development and Sophisticated Analysis, Best In Business Intelligence, Centralized Application Management, Changing The WayGovernment Looks At Information, DSSArchitect, DSS Broadcaster, DSS Broadcaster Server, DSS Office, DSSServer, DSS Subscriber, DSS Telecaster,DSSWeb, eBroadcaster, eCaster, eStrategy, eTelecaster, Information Like Water, Insight Is Everything, Intelligence Through Every Phone, YourTelephone Just Got Smarter, Intelligence To Every Decision Maker, Intelligent E-Business, IWAPU, Personal Intelligence Network, PersonalizedIntelligence Portal, Query Tone, Quickstrike, Rapid Application Development, Strategy.com, Telepath, Telepath Intelligence, Telepath Intelligence (andDesign), MicroStrategy Intelligent Cubes, The E-Business Intelligence Platform, The Foundation For Intelligent E-Business, The Integrated BusinessIntelligence Platform Built For The Enterprise, The Intelligence Company, The Platform For Intelligent E-Business, The Power Of Intelligent eBusiness,The Power Of Intelligent E-Business, The Scalable Business Intelligence Platform Built For The Internet, Industrial-Strength Business Intelligence, OfficeIntelligence, MicroStrategy Office, MicroStrategy Report Services, MicroStrategy Web MMT, MicroStrategy Web Services, Pixel Perfect, MicroStrategyMobile and MicroStrategy Integrity Manager are all registered trademarks or trademarks of MicroStrategy Incorporated.

All other products are trademarks of their respective holders. Specifications subject to change without notice. MicroStrategy is not responsible for errorsor omissions. MicroStrategy makes no warranties or commitments concerning the availability of future products or versions that may be planned or underdevelopment.

Patent Information

This product is patented. One or more of the following patents may apply to the product sold herein: U.S. Patent Nos. 6,154,766, 6,173,310, 6,260,050,6,263,051, 6,269,393, 6,279,033, 6,501,832, 6,567,796, 6,587,547, 6,606,596, 6,658,093, 6,658,432, 6,662,195, 6,671,715, 6,691,100, 6,694,316,6,697,808, 6,704,723, 6,707,889, 6,741,980, 6,765,997, 6,768,788, 6,772,137, 6,788,768, 6,792,086, 6,798,867, 6,801,910, 6,820,073, 6,829,334,6,836,537, 6,850,603, 6,859,798, 6,873,693, 6,885,734, 6,888,929, 6,895,084, 6,940,953, 6,964,012, 6,977,992, 6,996,568, 6,996,569, 7,003,512,7,010,518, 7,016,480, 7,020,251, 7,039,165, 7,082,422, 7,113,993, 7,127,403, 7,174,349, 7,194,457, 7,197,461, 7,228,303, 7,260,577, 7,266,181 and7,272,212. Other patent applications are pending.

Page 3: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Various MicroStrategy products contain the copyrighted technology of third parties. This product may contain one or more of the following copyrightedtechnologies:

Graph Generation Engine Copyright © 1998-2007. Three D Graphics, Inc. All rights reserved.

Actuate® Formula One. Copyright © 1993-2007 Actuate Corporation. All rights reserved.

XML parser Copyright © 2003-2007 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.

Xalan XSLT processor. Copyright © 1999-2007. The Apache Software Foundation. All rights reserved.

Xerces XML parser. Copyright © 1999-2007. The Apache Software Foundation. All rights reserved.

FOP XSL formatting objects. Copyright © 2004-2007. The Apache Software Foundation. All rights reserved.

Portions of Intelligence Server memory management Copyright 1991-2006 Compuware Corporation. All rights reserved.

International Components for Unicode

Copyright © 1999-2007 Compaq Computer Corporation

Copyright © 1999-2007 Hewlett-Packard Company

Copyright © 1999-2007 IBM Corporation

Copyright © 1999-2007 Hummingbird Communications Ltd.

Copyright © 1999-2007 Silicon Graphics, Inc.

Copyright © 1999-2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc.

Copyright © 1999-2007 The Open Group

All rights reserved.

Real Player and RealJukebox are included under license from Real Networks, Inc. Copyright © 1999-2007. All rights reserved.

Page 4: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy
Page 5: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. v

CONTENTS

Preface Description of Guide .................................................................. ix

Analytics Modules and the BIDK...............................................x

About this book ............................................................................. xii

How to find business scenarios and examples ....................... xii

Prerequisites........................................................................... xii

Who should use this guide..................................................... xiii

Resources.................................................................................... xiv

Documentation.......................................................................xiv

Education................................................................................xx

Consulting...............................................................................xx

International support ...............................................................xx

Technical Support .................................................................. xxi

Feedback ................................................................................... xxvi

1. Introduction to the

Sales & Distribution

Analysis Module

SDAM solutions ............................................................................. 2

SDAM scope............................................................................ 3

SDAM analysis areas............................................................... 4

SDAM features .............................................................................. 5

About reports, scorecards, dashboards, and documents .............. 7

Accessing reports .................................................................... 8

About scorecards and dashboards .......................................... 9

About Report Services documents ........................................ 10

About the object glossaries.......................................................... 12

About the logical data model ....................................................... 12

About attributes and facts ...................................................... 13

About business hierarchies.................................................... 13

Page 6: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Contents Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

vi © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

About porting ......................................................................... 14

About the physical schema.......................................................... 14

2. SDAM Scorecards and

Documents

Introduction................................................................................ 17

Scorecards and dashboards........................................................ 18

Executive Sales Scorecard.................................................... 18

Inquiry to Shipment Process.................................................. 20

Outbound Delivery Activity Scorecard ................................... 22

Purchase Order ..................................................................... 24

Sales and Delivery Report for Material .................................. 27

3. Inquiry Analysis Introduction................................................................................ 29

Inquiry Analysis area ................................................................... 29

Inquiry reports.............................................................................. 30

Open Inquiries reports ........................................................... 30

Inquiry Analysis reports.......................................................... 33

4. Quotation Analysis Introduction................................................................................ 39

Quotation Analysis area............................................................... 39

Quotation reports ......................................................................... 41

Open Quotations reports ....................................................... 41

Quotation reports ................................................................... 46

Inquiry to Quotation Conversion reports ................................ 58

Customer Quotation History reports ...................................... 62

5. Sales Order Analysis Introduction................................................................................ 67

Sales Order Analysis area ........................................................... 67

Sales Order Analysis reports ....................................................... 69

Open Sales Orders reports .................................................... 69

Sales Analysis reports ........................................................... 72

Customer Sales Analysis reports........................................... 80

Material Sales reports ............................................................ 85

Quotation-to-Sales Order Conversion reports ..................... 100

Customer Sales Order History reports................................. 107

6. Delivery Analysis Introduction.............................................................................. 111

Delivery Analysis area ............................................................... 111

Page 7: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Contents

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. vii

Delivery reports.......................................................................... 113

Open Deliveries reports ....................................................... 113

Outbound Delivery Analysis reports..................................... 116

Customer Delivery History reports ....................................... 127

7. Sales and Delivery

Service Analysis

Introduction.............................................................................. 131

Sales and Delivery Service Analysis area ................................. 131

Sales and Delivery Service reports............................................ 132

Backlog reports .................................................................... 132

Delivery Service reports....................................................... 136

Returns reports .................................................................... 144

A. Object Glossaries Introduction.............................................................................. 151

Metrics glossary ......................................................................... 151

Base Formula metrics .......................................................... 152

Inquiry metrics ..................................................................... 155

Quotation metrics................................................................. 157

Sales Order metrics ............................................................. 160

Delivery metrics ................................................................... 167

Sales and Delivery Service metrics ..................................... 170

Contribution metrics ported to a database........................... 173

Filters glossary........................................................................... 174

Filters for conditional metrics ............................................... 174

Filters embedded in reports ................................................. 177

Prompts glossary ....................................................................... 179

B. Logical Data Model Introduction.............................................................................. 181

Prerequisites.............................................................................. 182

SDAM logical schema................................................................ 182

Business hierarchies.................................................................. 184

Organization hierarchy......................................................... 184

Material hierarchy ................................................................ 190

Customer hierarchy.............................................................. 196

Sales Document hierarchy................................................... 200

Reference Document hierarchy ........................................... 204

Delivery Document hierarchy............................................... 206

Shipping Point hierarchy ...................................................... 210

Time hierarchy ..................................................................... 212

Transformations......................................................................... 216

Page 8: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Contents Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

viii © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

User hierarchies......................................................................... 217

Facts .......................................................................................... 220

Sales Document facts .......................................................... 220

Delivery Document facts ...................................................... 222

C. Physical Schema and

Data Dictionary

Introduction.............................................................................. 227

Prerequisites.............................................................................. 227

SDAM physical schema............................................................. 228

Table information ....................................................................... 230

Table column information .......................................................... 233

Glossary ................................................................................... 249

Index ......................................................................................... 261

Page 9: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. ix

PREFACE

Description of Guide

This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module (SDAM), part of the MicroStrategy Analytics Modules that come with the MicroStrategy Business Intelligence Developer Kit (BIDK). This guide provides a description, usage scenarios, and screen shots for all the packaged reports for SDAM. It also provides descriptions of the module’s logical data model and physical schema tables and columns, as well as glossaries for the public objects (metrics, prompts, and filters) and schema objects (attributes).

• Chapter 1, Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module presents an introduction to SDAM and provides descriptions and basic procedures to help you understand and work with SDAM.

• Chapter 2, SDAM Scorecards and Documents presents the SDAM scorecards and provides scorecard usage information and screen shots.

• Chapter 3, Inquiry Analysis presents the reports in the Inquiry analysis area.

• Chapter 4, Quotation Analysis presents the reports in the Quotation analysis area.

• Chapter 5, Sales Order Analysis presents the reports in the Sales Order analysis area.

Page 10: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Preface Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

x © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

• Chapter 6, Delivery Analysis presents the reports in the Delivery analysis area.

• Chapter 7, Sales and Delivery Service Analysis presents the reports in the Sales and Delivery Services analysis area.

• Appendix A, Object Glossaries presents the SDAM object glossaries, which provide definitions for all of the attributes and metrics used in the module.

• Appendix B, Logical Data Model presents SDAM’s logical data model, including a diagram and details for working with attributes and facts.

• Appendix C, Physical Schema and Data Dictionary presents SDAM’s default physical schema, including a diagram and details on the schema’s tables and columns.

Consult the Business Intelligence Developer Kit (BIDK) Installation and Porting Guide for steps to install and configure your Analytics Modules, and for information on setting up (porting) an Analysis Module to work with your existing data warehouse. The Installation and Porting Guide also provides best practices concepts and procedures for designing and building your own analytical applications using the Analytics Modules as templates.

Analytics Modules and the BIDK

MicroStrategy helps you build analytical applications by offering a rapid application development framework consisting of analytical starter kits, development products, and design and development methodologies. The development framework, known as the MicroStrategy Business Intelligence Developer Kit (BIDK), includes five Analytics Modules that are built to be portable. You can choose to deploy the Analytics Modules against your existing data warehouse, use one of the packaged physical schemas as the basis of a new data warehouse, or use the modules as templates to build analytical applications.

The components of the BIDK are

• Analytics Modules

Page 11: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Preface

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. xi

� Prepackaged metadata: Best practices reports, scorecards, dashboards, key performance indicators, attributes, business metrics, filters, and custom groups

� Default physical and logical data model: Analytics that are designed to work with your physical schemas and data model or with the module’s packaged data warehouse schema

� Reference guides: Documentation on each Analysis Module’s data model, the individual analysis areas, metadata object definitions, data dictionary, and individual report use scenarios

• Implementation methodology

� Documentation that guides you step-by-step through implementing Analytics Modules against existing data warehouses (known as porting)

� Design rules and tenets for designing and developing portable analytical applications

• BIDK developer products

� MicroStrategy Desktop: A development tool to create, modify, extend, and deploy analytics across the enterprise

� MicroStrategy Architect: A development tool that allows you to map Analytics Modules to existing data warehouses

Documentation for MicroStrategy Desktop and MicroStrategy Architect is available on your CD-ROM, as described fully in the Resources section in this chapter. See the Business Intelligence Developer Kit (BIDK) Installation and Porting Guide for a detailed discussion of the Analytics Modules as part of the MicroStrategy BIDK. The Installation and Porting Guide also presents procedures and methodologies to make full use of the Analytics Modules within the MicroStrategy BIDK development framework.

Page 12: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Preface Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

xii About this book © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

About this book

This book is divided into chapters and reference appendices. Each chapter begins with a brief overview of the chapter’s content.

� The complete set of modules that come with the BIDK are referred to as the Analytics Modules. Each individual module is called an Analysis Module.

The following sections provide the location of examples, list prerequisites for using this book, and describe the user roles the information in this book was designed for.

How to find business scenarios and examples

For examples of report functionality and a basic introduction to the MicroStrategy business intelligence system, use the MicroStrategy Tutorial, which is MicroStrategy’s sample warehouse, metadata, and project. Information about the MicroStrategy Tutorial can be found in the MicroStrategy Basic Reporting Guide.

For extensive examples of metrics, filters, and other report objects, see the MicroStrategy Advanced Reporting Guide.

Prerequisites

How you use this document depends on the type of user you are and on your goals for working with the Analytics Modules. See Who should use this guide in this chapter for a description of the various approaches to the Analytics Modules product.

If you intend to evaluate the business value of the modules, you should have

• experience with MicroStrategy reports and metrics using MicroStrategy technology

Page 13: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Preface

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. About this book xiii

If you intend to implement and customize the modules, you should have

• experience with logical data modeling and creating business intelligence applications using MicroStrategy technology

• a basic understanding of relational database management system (RDBMS) concepts and data modeling

Who should use this guide

This document is designed to support the analytical needs of

• end users working with the packaged reports that come with the Analytics Modules. This can include, for example:

� executives who need summarized information about sales and distribution activities

� managers who need summarized information about sales and distribution activities for a given organizational unit, product line, delivery area, and so on. This may include analysis of historical trends and contributions to overall sales and distribution activities.

� analysts who need insight about the company’s activities to identify patterns driving successful behavior. This can include analyzing purchasing patterns by time or geographical area, identifying top products, segmenting the customer base to identify more profitable or loyal customers, measuring delivery activity volumes and processing times to determine bottlenecks in the delivery chain, and so on.

� operational users, who track day-to-day sales and distribution activities and individual customer activities. This might include monitoring open transactions, or tracking the complete sales activity history for an individual customer.

• advanced users and administrators evaluating the business value of the Analytics Modules

Page 14: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Preface Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

xiv Resources © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

• consultants and developers implementing and customizing the Analytics Modules

Resources

Documentation

MicroStrategy provides both manuals and online help; these two information sources provide different types of information, as described below.

Manuals: MicroStrategy manuals provide

• introductory information

• concepts

• checklists

• examples

• high-level procedures to get started

Online help: MicroStrategy online help provides

• detailed steps to perform procedures

• descriptions of each option on every software screen

Manuals

The following manuals are available from your CD-ROM or the machine where MicroStrategy was installed. The procedure to access them is below.

� Adobe Acrobat Reader 4.0 or higher is required to view these documents. If you do not have Acrobat Reader installed on your computer, you can download it from www.adobe.com.

Page 15: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Preface

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Resources xv

MicroStrategy Overview

• Introduction to MicroStrategy: Evaluation Guide

Instructions for installing, configuring, and using the MicroStrategy Evaluation Edition of the software.

• MicroStrategy Quick Start Guide

Overview of the installation and evaluation process, and additional resources.

Manuals for Query, Reporting, and Analysis

Products

• MicroStrategy Installation and Configuration Guide

Information to install and configure MicroStrategy products on Windows, UNIX, Linux, and HP platforms, as well as basic maintenance guidelines.

• MicroStrategy Upgrade Guide

Instructions to upgrade existing MicroStrategy products.

• MicroStrategy System Administration Guide

Concepts and high-level steps to implement, deploy, maintain, tune, and troubleshoot a MicroStrategy business intelligence system.

• MicroStrategy Project Design Guide

Information to create and modify MicroStrategy projects, and understand facts, attributes, hierarchies, transformations, advanced schemas, and project optimization.

• MicroStrategy Basic Reporting Guide

Instructions to get started with MicroStrategy Desktop and MicroStrategy Web, and how to analyze data in a report. Includes the basics for creating reports, metrics, filters, and prompts.

Page 16: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Preface Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

xvi Resources © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

• MicroStrategy Advanced Reporting Guide

Instructions for advanced topics in the MicroStrategy system, building on information in the Basic Reporting Guide. Topics include reports, Freeform SQL reports, Query Builder reports, OLAP Cube reports, filters, metrics, Data Mining Services, custom groups, consolidations, and prompts.

• MicroStrategy Report Services Document Creation Guide

Instructions to design and create Report Services documents, building on information in the Basic Reporting Guide and Advanced Reporting Guide.

• MicroStrategy Office User Guide

Instructions for using MicroStrategy Office to work with MicroStrategy reports and documents in Microsoft® Excel, PowerPoint®, Word, and Outlook, to analyze, format, and distribute business data.

• MicroStrategy Mobile User Guide

Instructions for using MicroStrategy Mobile to view and analyze data, and perform other business tasks with MicroStrategy reports and documents on a mobile device. Covers installation and configuration of MicroStrategy Mobile and how a designer working in MicroStrategy Desktop or MicroStrategy Web can create effective reports and documents for use with MicroStrategy Mobile.

• MicroStrategy Functions Reference

Function syntax and formula components; instructions to use functions in metrics, filters, attribute forms; examples of functions in business scenarios.

• MicroStrategy Web Services Administration Guide

Concepts and tasks to install, configure, tune, and troubleshoot MicroStrategy Web Services.

Page 17: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Preface

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Resources xvii

Manuals for Information Delivery and Alerting

Products

• MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server Getting Started Guide

Instructions to work with the tutorial to learn Narrowcast Server interfaces and features.

• MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server Installation and Configuration Guide

Information to install and configure Narrowcast Server.

• MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server Application Designer Guide

Fundamentals of designing Narrowcast Server applications.

• MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server System Administrator Guide

Concepts and high-level steps to implement, maintain, tune, and troubleshoot Narrowcast Server.

• MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server Upgrade Guide

Instructions to upgrade an existing Narrowcast Server.

Manuals for Analytics Modules

• Business Intelligence Developer Kit (BIDK) Installation and Porting Guide

• Customer Analysis Module Reference

• Sales Force Analysis Module Reference

• Financial Reporting Analysis Module Reference

• Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Reference

• Human Resources Analysis Module Reference

Page 18: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Preface Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

xviii Resources © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Software Development Kits

• MicroStrategy Developer Library (MSDL)

Information to understand the MicroStrategy SDK, including details about architecture, object models, customization scenarios, code samples, and so on.

• MicroStrategy Web SDK

� The Web SDK is available in the MicroStrategy Developer Library, which is sold as part of the MicroStrategy SDK.

• Narrowcast Server SDK Guide

Instructions to customize Narrowcast Server functionality, integrate Narrowcast Server with other systems, and embed Narrowcast Server functionality within other applications. Documents the Narrowcast Server Delivery Engine and Subscription Portal APIs, and the Narrowcast Server SPI.

To access installed online documentation

1 From the Windows Start menu, choose Programs, MicroStrategy, then Product Manuals. A Web page opens with a list of available manuals in PDF format.

2 Click the link for the desired manual.

3 Some documentation is provided in HTML help format. When you select one of these guides, the File Download dialog box opens. Select Open this file from its current location, and click OK.

� If bookmarks are not visible on the left side of an Acrobat (PDF) document, click the Bookmarks and Page from the View menu.

Online help

MicroStrategy provides several ways to access online help:

Page 19: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Preface

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Resources xix

• Help button: Use the Help button at the bottom of most software screens to see context-sensitive help.

• Help menu: Select Contents and Index to see the main table of contents for the help system.

• F1 key: Press F1 to see context-sensitive help addressing the function or task you are currently performing.

Documentation standards

MicroStrategy online help and PDF manuals (available both online and in printed format) provides standards to help you identify concepts and procedures. The following table lists these conventions.

Type Indicates

bold • button names, check boxes, dialog boxes, options,

lists, and menus that are the focus of actions or part

of a list of such GUI elements and their definitions

• text to be entered by the user

Example: Click Select Warehouse.

Example: Type cmdmgr -f scriptfile.scp and press ENTER.

italic • new terms defined within the text and in the glossary

• names of other product manuals

• when part of a command syntax, indicates variable

information to be replaced by the user

Example: The aggregation level is the level of calculation for the metric.

Example: Type copy c:\filename d:\foldername\filename

Courier

font

• calculations

• code samples

• registry keys

• path and file names

• URLs

• messages displayed in the screen

Example:

Sum(revenue)/number of months.

UPPERCASE • keyboard command key (such as ENTER)

• shortcut key (such as CTRL+V)

Example: To bold the selected text, press CTRL+B.

Page 20: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Preface Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

xx Resources © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Education

MicroStrategy Education Services provides a comprehensive curriculum and highly skilled education consultants. Many customers and partners from over 800 different organizations have benefited from MicroStrategy instruction. For a detailed description of education offerings and course curriculums, visit www.microstrategy.com/Education.

Consulting

MicroStrategy Consulting Services provides proven methods for delivering leading-edge technology solutions. Offerings include complex security architecture designs, performance and tuning, project and testing strategies and recommendations, strategic planning, and more. For a detailed description of consulting offerings, visit www.microstrategy.com/Consulting.

International support

MicroStrategy supports several locales. Support for a locale typically includes native database and operating system support, support for date formats, decimal formats, currency symbols, and availability of translated interfaces and certain documentation.

+ A keyboard command that calls for the use of more

than one key (for example, SHIFT+F1)

� A note icon indicates helpful information for specific

situations.

� A warning icon alerts you to important information such

as potential security risks; these should be read before

continuing.

Type Indicates

Page 21: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Preface

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Resources xxi

MicroStrategy is certified in homogeneous configurations (where all the components lie in the same locale) in the following languages—English (US), French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazilian), Spanish, Chinese (simplified), and Swedish. For information on specific languages supported by individual MicroStrategy system components, see the MicroStrategy readme.

MicroStrategy also provides limited support for heterogeneous configurations (where some of the components may lie in different locales). Please contact MicroStrategy Technical Support for more details.

A translated user interface is available in each of the above languages.

Technical Support

If you have questions about a specific MicroStrategy product, you should:

1 Consult the product guides, online help, readme files, and release notes. Paths to access each are described above.

2 Consult the MicroStrategy Knowledge Base online at http://www.microstrategy.com/support/k_base/index.asp

� A technical administrator in your organization may be able to help you resolve your issues immediately.

3 If the resources listed in the steps above do not provide you with a solution, contact MicroStrategy Technical Support directly. To ensure the most effective and productive relationship with MicroStrategy Technical Support, review the Policies and Procedures document posted at http://www.microstrategy.com/ Support/Policies. Refer to the terms of your purchase agreement to determine the type of support available to you.

Page 22: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Preface Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

xxii Resources © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

MicroStrategy Technical Support may be contacted by your company’s Support Liaison. A Support Liaison is a person whom your company has designated as a point-of-contact with MicroStrategy’s support personnel. All customer inquiries and case communications must come through these named individuals. Your company may designate two employees to serve as their Support Liaisons. Your company may request to change their Support Liaisons two times per year with prior written notice to MicroStrategy Technical Support.

Ensure issues are resolved quickly

Before logging a case with MicroStrategy Technical Support, the Support Liaison may follow the steps below to ensure that issues are resolved quickly:

1 Verify that the issue is with MicroStrategy software and not a third party software.

2 Verify that the system is using a currently supported version of MicroStrategy software by checking the Product Support Expiration Schedule at http://www.microstrategy.com/Support/Expiration.asp.

3 Attempt to reproduce the issue and determine whether it occurs consistently.

4 Minimize the complexity of the system or project object definition to isolate the cause.

5 Determine whether the issue occurs on a local machine or on multiple machines in the customer environment.

6 Discuss the issue with other users by posting a question about the issue on the MicroStrategy Customer Forum at https://forums.microstrategy.com.

The table on the following page shows where, when, and how to contact MicroStrategy Technical Support. If your Support Liaison is unable to reach MicroStrategy Technical Support by phone during the hours of operation, they can leave a voicemail message, send e-mail or fax, or log a case using the Online Support Interface.

Page 23: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Preface

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Resources xxiii

Support Liaisons should contact the Technical Support Center from which they obtained their MicroStrategy software licenses or the Technical Support Center to which they have been designated.

North America E-mail: [email protected]

Web: https://support.microstrategy.com

Fax: (703) 842–8709

Phone: (703) 848–8700

Hours: 9:00 A.M.–7:00 P.M. Eastern Time (1400–0000 GMT), Monday–Friday

except holidays

Europe, the Middle East, and

Africa (EMEA)

E-mail: [email protected]

Web: https://support.microstrategy.com

Fax: +44 (0) 208 396 0001

The European Technical Support Centre is closed on certain public holidays.

These holidays reflect the national public holidays in each country.

Phone:

• United Kingdom: +44 (0) 208 396 0085

• Benelux: +31 20 346 9210

• Finland: +35 8 9 6937 9620

• France: +33 1 41 91 86 49

• Germany: +49 69 95096206

• Ireland: +35 3 1242 1522

• Italy: +39 02696 33 456

• Spain: +34 91 406 90 10

• International distributors: +44 (0) 208 396 0080

Hours:

• United Kingdom: 9:00 A.M.–6:00 P.M. GMT, Monday-Friday except holidays

• Mainland Europe: 9:00 A.M.–6:00 P.M. CET, Monday-Friday except holidays

Asia Pacific E-mail: [email protected]

Web: https://support.microstrategy.com

Fax: +81 3 5456 5464

Phone:

• Korea: +82 2 560 6565

• Singapore (supporting Singapore, China, Taiwan, Hong Kong,

Pakistan, India, and Sri Lanka): +65.6303.8969• Japan (supporting Japan, Australia, New Zealand, Malaysia, and all other Asia

Pacific countries not listed in this section): +81 3 3511 6720

Hours: 9:00 A.M.–6:00 P.M. JST (Tokyo), Monday-Friday except holidays

Latin America E-mail: [email protected]

Web: https://support.microstrategy.com

Fax: +55 11 3044 4088

Phone: LATAM (except Argentina): +55 11 3054 1010

Argentina: 0 800 444 MSTR

Hours: 9:00 A.M.–7:00 P.M. BST (Sao Paulo), Monday–Friday except holidays

Page 24: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Preface Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

xxiv Resources © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

The individual Technical Support Centers are closed on certain public holidays. In North America, these holidays reflect many U.S. national holidays. In Europe, Asia Pacific, and Latin America, these holidays reflect the national public holidays in each country.

Although not a requirement, we recommend you designate Support Liaisons who have permissions to be MicroStrategy project administrators. This can eliminate security conflicts and improve case resolution time. During the course of troubleshooting and researching issues, MicroStrategy Technical Support personnel may make recommendations that require administrative privileges on the MicroStrategy projects, or that assume that the designated Support Liaison has a security level that permits them to fully manipulate the MicroStrategy projects and has access to potentially sensitive project data such as security filter definitions.

Required information when calling

When contacting MicroStrategy Technical Support, please provide the following information:

• Personal information:

� Name (first and last)

� Company and customer site (if different from company)

� Contact information (phone and fax numbers, e-mail addresses)

• Case details:

� Configuration information, including MicroStrategy software product(s) and versions

� Full description of the case including symptoms, error messages(s), and steps taken to troubleshoot the case thus far

• Business/system impact

If this is the Support Liaison’s first call, they should also be prepared to provide the following:

Page 25: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Preface

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Resources xxv

• street address

• phone number

• fax number

• e-mail address

To help the Technical Support representative work to resolve the problem promptly and effectively, be prepared to provide the following additional information:

• case number: Please keep a record of the number assigned to each case logged with MicroStrategy Technical Support, and be ready to provide it when inquiring about an existing case

• software version and product registration numbers of the MicroStrategy software products you are using

• case description:

� What causes the condition to occur?

� Does the condition occur sporadically or each time a certain action is performed?

� Does the condition occur on all machines or just on one?

� When did the condition first occur?

� What events took place immediately prior to the first occurrence of the condition (for example, a major database load, a database move, or a software upgrade)?

� If there was an error message, what was its exact wording?

� What steps have you taken to isolate and resolve the issue? What were the results?

• system configuration (the information needed depends on the nature of the problem; not all items listed below may be necessary):

� computer hardware specifications (processor speed, RAM, disk space, and so on)

� network protocol used

Page 26: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Preface Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

xxvi Feedback © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

� ODBC driver manufacturer and version

� database gateway software version

� (for MicroStrategy Web-related problems) browser manufacturer and version

� (for MicroStrategy Web-related problems) Web server manufacturer and version

If the issue requires additional investigation or testing, the Support Liaison and the MicroStrategy Technical Support representative should agree on certain action items to be performed. The Support Liaison should perform any agreed-upon actions before contacting MicroStrategy Technical Support again regarding the issue. If the Technical Support representative is responsible for an action item, The Support Liaison may call MicroStrategy Technical Support at any time to inquire about the status of the issue.

Feedback

Please send any comments or suggestions about user documentation for MicroStrategy products to:

[email protected]

Send suggestions for product enhancements to:

[email protected]

When you provide feedback to us, please include the name and version of the products you are currently using. Your feedback is important to us as we prepare for future releases.

Page 27: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. 1

1

1.INTRODUCTION TO THE SALES

& DISTRIBUTION ANALYSIS

MODULE

Introduction

Recognizing the patterns and motivating forces behind your organization’s sales and distribution processes is vital to maintaining a customer-focused business environment. To succeed, organizations must quickly identify problematic trends and trouble spots, and act to improve the overall customer experience. The MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module (SDAM) addresses the analytical requirements of typical sales and distribution business processes and subprocesses.

The in-depth analysis available with SDAM allows you to gain insight into your company’s activities to identify patterns that drive successful behavior. It allows you to summarize information about sales and distribution activities for a given organizational unit, product line, or delivery area, to study historical trends and contributions to overall sales and distribution activities.

SDAM assists analysts, managers, and executives to obtain important insight into the various factors that drive the sales and distribution process.

Page 28: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference1

2 SDAM solutions © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

SDAM solutions

Knowledge about the sales and distribution process can be gleaned from packaged MicroStrategy analytics which include reports, scorecards (a specific collection of related reports), and dashboards (a collection of related reports customized for optimum display). In addition, some reports show summarized information to help you see trends, while others display very specific, detailed data about your customers.

The analytics in SDAM can be used to answer questions such as the following:

• How are inquiries allocated across distribution channels and the sales organization?

• What are my sales volumes, sales trends, and top materials and customers for the year?

• How are sales growing for a product? What is its effect on my sales overall?

• Which products and product lines show the highest activity, positive monthly trends, and highest net margins?

• Which sales offices are performing best and worst, in terms of profitability, number of sales orders, and net margin? Which sales offices show the most improvement?

• How is my customer loyalty? What percentage of my customer base currently has open sales orders?

• What are my top five sales orders by net sales amount, for each quarter?

• How can I bundle products to best initiate quotation-to-sales order conversions?

• How can I improve delivery management? Where in the delivery process are the longest delays and from which shipping points? Which customers and products are usually involved?

• Which distribution centers process the most orders? Are they more efficient than others? Which regions have the worst processing times?

Page 29: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module 1

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. SDAM solutions 3

• Which products create the highest number of backlogs?

• Do our pending deliveries represent fulfillment of old orders or a backlog from new orders?

• Which areas of the company have more returns? Which customers and products are usually involved?

SDAM scope

SDAM covers the analytical needs of major company business functions, as well as many important subprocesses:

• Sales: Analyze all pre-sales and sales activities, to identify sales activity volumes based on the number of transactions, amounts, and quantities. This includes a focus on historical trends, profitability, and organizational contributions to overall activity.

• Customer management: Analyze sales activity based on customer characteristics. This includes identifying customer segments with certain purchasing patterns and understanding customer loyalty and profitability.

• Product management: Analyze sales and delivery activity from the point of view of the product. This includes identifying material (products and services) purchasing patterns by geographical area, top products, product profitability, contributions to product line activity, delivery activity by product, historical trends, and so on.

• Delivery: Analyze delivery activities to identify activity volumes based on the number of transactions and quantities, and to measure delivery processing times.

• Service: Analyze how transactions are fulfilled to customers. This includes identifying anomalies in service functions, tracking open transactions, and measuring organizational efficiency in delivering materials.

• Open sales orders (backlog): Monitor how open sales orders are fulfilled after product orders are placed.

Page 30: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference1

4 SDAM solutions © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

• Shipping: Monitor the tasks required to fulfill orders. Tasks include obtaining ordered materials and packing materials, loading them on the transportation mechanism, and issuing them from the shipping location.

• Returns: Monitor the tasks required to process product returns. This includes the tasks required to handle the return itself and, if necessary, deliver materials to replace the returned ones.

SDAM analysis areas

SDAM is broken down into the following general analysis areas:

• Inquiry analysis

Inquiry analysis looks at the initial stage of the business process, measuring inquiry activity through the organization, materials, and the customer base.

For inquiry reports, see Chapter 3, Inquiry Analysis.

• Quotation analysis

Quotation analysis focuses on quotation processing, including measuring activity based on the different business hierarchies and efficiency converting inquiries into quotations.

For quotation reports, see Chapter 4, Quotation Analysis.

• Sales Order analysis

Sales Order analysis focuses on sales transactions from different points of view. It includes measuring overall sales activity, understanding sales through the customer base to identify customer segments, analyzing materials sales, and measuring efficiency converting quotations into sales orders.

For sales order reports, see Chapter 5, Sales Order Analysis.

Page 31: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module 1

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. SDAM features 5

• Delivery analysis

Delivery analysis looks at how goods are delivered to customers, including tracking open deliveries and analyzing delivery activity and processing times.

For delivery reports, see Chapter 6, Delivery Analysis.

• Sales and Delivery Service analysis

Sales and Delivery Service analysis focuses on all the service activities related to the fulfillment of sales and delivery transactions. This includes analyzing backlog, quality of delivery service, and returns.

For sales and delivery service reports, see Chapter 7, Sales and Delivery Service Analysis.

SDAM features

SDAM is designed so that you can use the packaged reports with data coming from ERP systems, such as SAP, PeopleSoft, and JD Edwards. SDAM is built using the MicroStrategy business intelligence platform and takes advantage of the rich reporting and analytical features of MicroStrategy products.

• Data breadth and depth: The SDAM reports model all pre-sales, sales, post-sales, and delivery activities covering the complete sales and distribution business process. They allow you to track activity at the transaction level, including the item detail for each transaction. For example, sales order reports track the different materials sold as well as facts such as item quantity, item amount, and so on. Outbound delivery reports track the different materials sold, facts such as item delivered and quantity, and attributes such as shipping date, delivery date, and so on.

• Modularity: SDAM divides the analytical domain into two main areas, one tracking all pre-sales and sales activities and the other tracking all delivery activities. These areas are independent and can be implemented separately.

Page 32: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference1

6 SDAM features © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Since reporting areas are aligned with one of the data areas, only the corresponding data area is required to take full advantage of SDAM reports.

• Reporting flexibility: Prompts allow you to define report templates dynamically and select filter conditions to be used at run time.

• Rich formatting: Reports use advanced MicroStrategy formatting features, such as thresholds to highlight important trends, page-by to move quickly to summary information, graphs to display results three-dimensionally or as lines and bars, and so on.

• Segmentation and custom grouping capabilities: You can define sets of elements (segments) that meet certain conditions and view data on the defined segments. For example, you can identify customers that bought material A and customers that did not buy material B, and then identify a set of customers that meets both criteria for a cross sell campaign.

• Ad hoc query: You can create additional reports based on existing attributes or metrics, or create new reports to address specific reporting needs.

• Dashboards: You can combine data from different sources into one HTML document and display the data graphically at a high level, making it visually appealing and easy to understand. You can combine grids, graphs, text, and special dashboard images to create a quick overview of key performance indicators (KPIs).

• Scorecards: You can combine several reports into one HTML document, including different display modes such as graph or grid. See About scorecards and dashboards in this chapter for more information.

• Report Services documents: A document is a set of data with extensive formatting properties applied. When creating a document, you can specify what data appears, control how it will be laid out and formatted, and how it should be grouped. You can insert pictures and draw borders in the document. All of these capabilities allow you to create reports that are suitable for presentation to management or printing for boardroom quality material.

Page 33: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module 1

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. About reports, scorecards, dashboards, and documents 7

• Advanced metrics: Advanced metrics include, for example, Historical Trends which compares sales activity from one month to the previous month, or Contributions which measures the weight of a group of materials (products and services) on overall material sales.

• Advanced drilling: You can navigate (or drill) from highly summarized information down to attributes and other data details.

For a more in-depth introduction to MicroStrategy query and reporting features as well as an interactive tutorial, see the MicroStrategy Basic Reporting Guide.

About reports, scorecards, dashboards, and

documents

This reference guide describes the scorecards and documents that summarize the SDAM analysis areas. This guide also describes the general analysis areas within SDAM and presents the reports within each analysis area that come with SDAM.

Each general analysis area provides a short introduction to the area, explaining the analysis challenges and presenting the list of packaged reports that belong to that general reporting area.

For each report, scorecard, or document, this guide provides:

• A description of its business value

• Typical usage scenarios

• A screen shot with sample data

� The sample data warehouse that supplies information for the sample reports is updated regularly. As a result, for those screen shots that display dates, the dates that appear may not always coincide exactly with the data returned for a sample report.

• A description of how data is qualified

Page 34: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference1

8 About reports, scorecards, dashboards, and documents © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

• Typical drill paths

• Tips about how the report, scorecard, or document can be customized and extended to fit user requirements

� Report Services documents can only be displayed in a server connection (a three-tier environment). You must be connected to MicroStrategy Intelligence Server. Additionally, to display a Report Services document, you must have MicroStrategy Report Services. See the MicroStrategy Installation and Configuration Guide for information on connecting to Intelligence Server and the MicroStrategy Report Services Document Creation Guide for details on Report Services documents.

Accessing reports

All the SDAM reports and scorecards are stored in the Reports folder of the Sales and Distribution Analysis Module project.

To access reports

1 From the Windows Start button, point to Programs, then MicroStrategy, then Desktop, and select Desktop.

2 Enter your user name and password, and click OK. The default user name is Administrator with the password field left blank. If your system administrator has changed this, contact that person to get a user name and password.

3 From the Folder List area, expand the Analytics Modules.

4 Expand the Sales and Distribution Analysis Module.

5 Expand Public Objects, and expand Reports. All SDAM reports and scorecards are located in this Reports folder.

Page 35: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module 1

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. About reports, scorecards, dashboards, and documents 9

About scorecards and dashboards

Scorecards and dashboards are popular ways to display and distribute data from business intelligence projects. In MicroStrategy, dashboards and scorecards are Report Services documents.

A Report Services document is a set of data and formatting properties that, when executed, can produce an attractive presentation-quality report. For more information on Report Services documents, see About Report Services documents, page 10.

The information in this section is intended as a brief overview of scorecards and dashboards.

Scorecards

Scorecards provide you with a high-level summary of key performance indicators (KPIs) for a given analysis area. They accomplish this by displaying data of actual performance compared to planned targets and benchmarks.

Scorecards are made up of several combined base reports. Scorecards are a good starting point for any Analysis Module because scorecards comprise the most common or most important reports within a given analysis area. From the data returned on a scorecard, you can formulate ideas for further, more detailed exploration. See Accessing Reports in this chapter for steps to open an SDAM scorecard.

Scorecards are laid out to help you with the information-gathering process. The most general information is found at the top left of the scorecard, and the reports get more detailed as you move left to right, top to bottom. SDAM comes with several scorecards, which are described in chapter 2.

Dashboards

Dashboards, like scorecards, are made up of a group of reports and metrics that are tied together by business logic. Scorecards typically follow a specific methodology and focus

Page 36: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference1

10 About reports, scorecards, dashboards, and documents © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

on key metrics within a business area. Dashboards, on the other hand, also provide key metrics but tend to summarize business intelligence information more widely.

Dashboards allow you to display information customized to your audience. Audiences might include executives, managers, or particular groups within the company such as Marketing or Sales. In some cases, you may choose to provide information to partners or customers. Among other things, dashboards let you

• add interactivity to a document, so that analysts can select various options directly on the document to display the specific data they are interested in

• choose a uniform coloring scheme or display information using your company’s standard Web page style

• add links wherever necessary

• choose the appropriate graphs, images, and colors for better presentation and to highlight specific data, trends, and deviation from certain trends, as well as to provide visual cues

• share the dashboard using Desktop, Web, or via e-mail using Narrowcast Server

About Report Services documents

A MicroStrategy Report Services document is a set of data and formatting properties that, when executed, can produce an attractive presentation-quality report. There are several types of Report Services documents, including the following:

• Scorecards and dashboards: Designed for visual impact, these documents provide a distilled view of the business, organized in adaptive sections or zones.

• Managed metrics reports: With a quantitative focus, these documents present lists of metrics or process-driven tabular views of the business.

Page 37: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module 1

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. About reports, scorecards, dashboards, and documents 11

• Production and operational reports: Designed for production operations management, these documents present data in hierarchical categories or bands and can span across hundreds of printed pages.

• Invoices and statements: These documents use the transaction and sub-transaction level data necessary for billing, collection, and customer service.

• Business reports: Designed for financial and other statutory business reporting, these documents present comprehensive data in print and electronic forms.

See the other MicroStrategy Analytics Modules and the MicroStrategy Tutorial for examples of other types of Report Services documents.

Accessing documents

To open a document that has already been created

1 From a project in MicroStrategy Desktop or Web, navigate to the folder containing the document.

2 Do one of the following depending on which interface you are using:

� In MicroStrategy Web, click the document name or icon. The document displays.

� In MicroStrategy Desktop, double-click the document name or icon. It opens in PDF View.

For complete details on viewing, creating, and working with documents, see the MicroStrategy Document Creation Guide.

Page 38: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference1

12 About the object glossaries © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

About the object glossaries

The objects used in the SDAM reports are presented in glossaries in Appendix A of this reference guide. The glossaries include descriptions of the public objects (metrics, filters, and prompts) that make up SDAM. For details, see Object Glossaries, page 151 in Appendix A.

For additional details on any SDAM object, see the MicroStrategy project definitions in the Schema Objects and Public Objects folders.

About the logical data model

SDAM’s logical data model (sometimes also called the multidimensional model) is presented in Appendix B of this reference guide. The logical data model is the group of attributes (business concepts) and facts (measures, or logical pieces of data that can be analyzed) that make up an Analysis Module, arranged in specific sequences to reflect a business structure or business logic. A logical data model also shows how that business logic maps to the physical schema (data elements in a data warehouse). For details on logical data modeling, see the data modeling section of the MicroStrategy Installation and Configuration Guide.

The logical schema diagram is available in an Erwin file, located in Program Files/MicroStrategy/Analytics Modules/Sdam/SDAM.er1. For additional details, see Logical Data Model, page 181 in Appendix B.

� The documentation assumes you have prior experience with logical data modeling and creating business intelligence applications using MicroStrategy technology.

Page 39: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module 1

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. About the logical data model 13

About attributes and facts

To get full details about any attribute or fact in any Analysis Module, use the Attribute Editor. You can view such information as definitions, properties, mapping methods, source tables, and so on.

To view attribute or fact details

1 From MicroStrategy Desktop, open the Sales and Distribution Analysis Module.

2 Open the Schema Objects folder.

• Attributes can be found in the Attributes folder.

• Facts can be found in the Facts folder.

3 Double-click the individual attribute or fact. The Attribute Editor automatically opens and displays details about the selected object.

About business hierarchies

The attributes and facts in the logical data model are arranged in a specific sequence to reflect business logic. This arranged structure is called a hierarchy (sometimes also called a dimension).

The analysis hierarchies for each module include a number of hierarchies through which data can be summarized, such as organization, material (product or service), time, and customer.

Default analysis hierarchies can be easily customized and extended to support analysis structures required for each company. See the Logical Data Model appendix and Physical Schema and Data Dictionary appendix in this guide for additional details.

Page 40: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference1

14 About the physical schema © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

About porting

The MicroStrategy Analytics Modules are designed around the concept of portability. Portability is the ability of an analytical application to be integrated into an existing data warehouse. Porting a given analytical application involves remapping the application’s logical data model to an existing physical data warehouse schema while retaining the logical data model definition.

The MicroStrategy Analytics Modules are designed to be independent from data structures. SDAM’s logical data model and reports can work with the physical data schema they come with, or with almost any other physical schema (such as your own data warehouse) containing the same or similar data elements. See the Business Intelligence Developer Kit (BIDK) Installation and Porting Guide for more information on porting and detailed steps to use this feature.

About the physical schema

The physical schema for SDAM’s default data warehouse is presented in Appendix C of this reference guide.

• You can use this default warehouse as a starting point for creating your own data warehouse in the sales and distribution analysis area.

• You can use it as a template for building analytical applications.

• You can port SDAM’s logical data model to your own existing data warehouse.

See the Business Intelligence Developer Kit (BIDK) Installation and Porting Guide for details on any of these three approaches to the Analytics Modules.

This reference guide contains the physical schema diagram for the default data warehouse and also provides descriptions of all the tables and columns in the default data warehouse, as well as their purposes.

Page 41: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module 1

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. About the physical schema 15

The default physical schema definition is also available in an Erwin file, located in Program Files/MicroStrategy/Analytics

Modules/Sdam/SDAM.er1.

� The documentation assumes you are familiar with basic RDBMS concepts and Erwin data modeling.

Page 42: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Introduction to the Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference1

16 About the physical schema © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Page 43: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. 17

2

2.SDAM SCORECARDS AND

DOCUMENTS

Introduction

Scorecards provide a high-level summary of key performance indicators (KPIs) for a given analysis area. They accomplish this by displaying actual performance data compared to planned targets and benchmarks. Scorecards are made up of several base reports (called datasets) that, when combined, provide you with a general overview of a given analysis area. These datasets are displayed in a MicroStrategy Report Services document.

A document is a set of data and formatting properties that, when executed, display an attractive, presentation-quality report. When creating a document, you can specify what data appears, control its layout and formatting, and how is grouped. You can insert pictures and draw borders in the document. All of these capabilities allow you to create reports that are suitable to present to management or to print as boardroom quality material. A dashboard is a type of document in MicroStrategy.

Page 44: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

SDAM Scorecards and Documents Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference2

18 Scorecards and dashboards © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

This chapter provides information, usage scenarios, screen shots, and details for the Sales and Distribution Analysis Module’s (SDAM) scorecards and documents. The scorecards and documents are available in the SDAM Reports folder; see Accessing reports and Accessing documents.

� Report Services documents can only be displayed in a server connection (a three-tier or four-tier environment). You must be connected to MicroStrategy Intelligence Server. Additionally, to display a Report Services document, you must have the MicroStrategy Report Services product. See the MicroStrategy Installation and Configuration Guide for information on connecting to Intelligence Server and the MicroStrategy Report Services Document Creation Guide for details on Report Services documents.

Scorecards and dashboards

Executive Sales Scorecard

This scorecard provides a summary of sales activity for a given year, including measuring volumes, monthly trends, and identifying top customers and materials.

Page 45: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference SDAM Scorecards and Documents 2

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Scorecards and dashboards 19

Scorecard layout and display

The datasets included in this scorecard are:

• Quarterly Sales by Sales Organization

• Sales Activity Summary

• Top 5 Customers by Net Sales Amount

• Top 5 Materials by Net Sales Amount

Page 46: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

SDAM Scorecards and Documents Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference2

20 Scorecards and dashboards © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Usage scenarios

Executives and sales managers can use this scorecard to see a general overview of sales activity including sales volumes, historical trends, and the top products and customers for the selected year. Users are prompted to select a year for which to analyze data.

Scorecard details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The scorecard displays sales activity data for the selected year. This selection applies to all datasets that make up the scorecard.

• Other options: You can create scorecards similar to this one to summarize sales activity for a given sales organization, sales office, or distribution channel, instead of summarizing data for the whole company.

Inquiry to Shipment Process

This document helps you analyze sales deals and sales amounts for different stages of the inquiry-to-shipment process. The document presents a visual representation of the sales and distribution process to help you understand how each stage relates to the others. It also includes a number of metrics that measure overall performance for captured and lost sales.

Page 47: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference SDAM Scorecards and Documents 2

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Scorecards and dashboards 21

Scorecard layout and display

This document includes the following datasets:

• Inquiry to Shipment (Amounts)

• Inquiry to Shipment (Amounts) - YTQ

• Inquiry to Shipment (Counts)

Page 48: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

SDAM Scorecards and Documents Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference2

22 Scorecards and dashboards © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Usage scenarios

Executives can use this document to gain an understanding of overall sales activity, from generating inquiries to delivering goods to customers. They can also use the data to analyze KPIs that measure the performance of the sales organization.

• Qualifications: This document includes a prompt that allows you to select a specific quarter for which to display data. You can modify the prompt to compare data at different time levels, such as current month vs. year-to-month, or month-to-date vs. year-to-date.

• Dataset details and metric definitions: For details about the datasets and metrics used in this document, see the MicroStrategy project folder Public Objects/Reports/Scorecards and Dashboards/

Datasets.

• Additional details: The document also includes a Notes section with definitions for the KPIs that appear in the document.

Outbound Delivery Activity Scorecard

This scorecard summarizes outbound delivery activity for a given year, including delivery summary, activity by shipping point, and quality of service. (The image below is cut short;

Page 49: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference SDAM Scorecards and Documents 2

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Scorecards and dashboards 23

the graph at the bottom is fully displayed in Desktop and Web.)

Scorecard layout and display

The datasets included in this scorecard are:

• Outbound Delivery Activity by Shipping Point

• Outbound Delivery Activity Summary

• Outbound Delivery Service Summary by Shipping Point

Page 50: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

SDAM Scorecards and Documents Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference2

24 Scorecards and dashboards © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Usage scenarios

Executives and delivery managers can use this scorecard to get a general overview of delivery activity, including delivery volumes, processing times, historical trends, contributions, and quality of delivery service.

Scorecard details

Users are prompted to select a year to analyze. The scorecard displays delivery activity for the selected year. This selection applies to all datasets that are part of the scorecard.

Purchase Order

The Purchase Order document displays a generated purchase order, ready to be printed and sent to customers. Each purchase order displays all available information about an order, including item quantities and total amounts. It also includes a form for customers to insert their authorization information and shipment requirements.

Page 51: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference SDAM Scorecards and Documents 2

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Scorecards and dashboards 25

Document display

This document includes the following datasets:

• Purchase Orders

• Totals - Purchase Orders

Page 52: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

SDAM Scorecards and Documents Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference2

26 Scorecards and dashboards © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Usage scenarios

Sales representatives can generate this document as needed and send it electronically to customers. Customers can easily return the document by fax to accept the conditions and to initiate the shipping and billing processes.

Document details

• Qualifications: This document includes a static filter that selects limited data for the purpose of creating the example above. You should modify the filter to allow users to select dynamic options such as time periods, specific customers, a specific order, and so on.

• Dataset details and metric definitions: For details about the datasets and metrics used in this document, see the MicroStrategy project folder Public Objects/Reports/Scorecards and Dashboards/

Datasets.

• Additional details:

� This document provides a high-quality printed purchase order.

� The document also includes a form for gathering customer purchase, authorization, and shipping information.

Page 53: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference SDAM Scorecards and Documents 2

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Scorecards and dashboards 27

Sales and Delivery Report for Material

This scorecard summarizes sales and delivery activity for a given material.

Scorecard layout and display

Page 54: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

SDAM Scorecards and Documents Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference2

28 Scorecards and dashboards © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

The datasets included in this scorecard are:

• Material Sales by Sales Organization

• Outbound Delivery Summary by Shipping Point

• Quarterly Sales Summary

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this scorecard for a complete overview of sales and delivery activity for a specific material, including sales volumes, distribution by sales organization, and delivery activity by shipping point. You are prompted to select a material for which to see data.

Scorecard details

You are prompted to select a material to analyze. These selections apply to all datasets that are part of the scorecard.

Page 55: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Inquiry Analysis area 29

3

3.INQUIRY ANALYSIS

Introduction

This chapter provides reference information for the reports that come with the Sales and Distribution Analysis Module (SDAM) as part of SDAM’s Inquiry analysis area. It presents detailed information on each report in this analysis area, including usage scenarios, screen shots, and reporting details. The reports are available in the SDAM Reports folder; see Accessing reports in Chapter 1, Introduction.

� For information on the attributes, metrics, prompts, and filters included in the reports, see Object Glossaries, page 151 in Appendix A of this guide.

Inquiry Analysis area

Inquiry analysis focuses on understanding information related to the initial stage of the business process, customer inquiries.

Page 56: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Inquiry Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference3

30 Inquiry reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

The Inquiry analysis area is divided into the following subsections, each with its own focused reports:

• Open Inquiries analysis monitors inquiries with an open status.

• Inquiry Analysis focuses on inquiry processing through the organization, material, and customer hierarchies.

Inquiry reports

Open Inquiries reports

The Open Inquiries area includes reports that monitor inquiries that are being qualified and may become a quotation. These reports include summaries that measure the number of open inquiries and inquiry items, and a report that tracks individual inquiry details.

Managers and operational users can use these reports to continuously track the inquiry process.

The reports included in this subsection are

• Summary Open Inquiries by Organization

• Summary Open Inquiries by Material

• List of Open Inquiries by Sales Office

Summary Open Inquiries by Organization

This report displays open inquiries, and groups them by any of the organization’s units.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to determine which organizational units have a larger number of open inquiries.

Page 57: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Inquiry Analysis 3

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Inquiry reports 31

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification:

� The report includes an embedded filter named Open Status (Sales Document), and only displays inquiries that have a sales document status of Open.

� You are prompted to select one or more organization attributes to be displayed in the report.

• Drill path: You can drill to other organizational units. You can also drill to Material attributes to identify which material is the most requested in each organizational unit.

• Other options: You can create a similar report that analyzes by customer characteristics; substitute the object prompt with one selecting Customer attributes.

Summary Open Inquiries by Material

This report displays open inquiries grouped by material.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to identify the most requested materials, as well as total and average requested quantities by material.

Page 58: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Inquiry Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference3

32 Inquiry reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: The report includes an embedded filter named Open Status (Sales Document), and only displays inquiries that have a sales document status of Open.

• Drill path: You can drill down to identify customers and/or inquiries for a specific material.

• Other options: You can add a prompt qualification to display materials by Product hierarchy or Material division.

List of Open Inquiries by Sales Office

This report displays all open inquiries, grouped by sales office and sales group.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers and salespeople can use this report to identify all details for open inquiries, including the associated sales group and customer, and the materials and quantities requested.

Page 59: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Inquiry Analysis 3

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Inquiry reports 33

Report layout and display

The page-by Sales Office option displays open inquiries corresponding to the selected sales office, all on a single page.

Report details

• Qualification: The report includes an embedded filter named Open Status (Sales Document), and only displays inquiries that have a sales document status of Open.

• Drill path: Because this is a detailed report at the transaction level, no drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add additional details to the report, such as document item status.

Inquiry Analysis reports

The Inquiry analysis subsection presents all reports that analyze inquiry activity, including a summary report measuring inquiry activity by organization, a report analyzing historical trends by material, and a contribution analysis to identify elements with greater weight on overall activity.

Executives and managers can use these reports to analyze inquiry activity. Analysts can use the reports to understand what drives inquiry generation.

The reports in this subsection are:

• Quarterly Inquiry Activity by Organization

• Monthly Inquiry Activity Trends by Material

Page 60: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Inquiry Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference3

34 Inquiry reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

• Monthly Inquiry Distribution by Customer Region

Quarterly Inquiry Activity by Organization

This report summarizes quarterly inquiry activity by any of the organization units, such as sales office, sales group, or distribution channel.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to measure inquiry activity throughout the different organizational units, and identify the most active ones.

Report layout and display

The page-by Quarter option summarizes inquiry activity for the selected quarter.

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select a year. The inquiries displayed are those that were created during the selected year.

� You are prompted to select one or more organization attributes to be displayed in the report.

• Drill path: You can drill to month, other organization units, or Material attributes to display the breakdown by material.

• Other options:

Page 61: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Inquiry Analysis 3

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Inquiry reports 35

� You can create a report that analyzes open inquiries by customer characteristics; substitute the object prompt with a prompt selecting customer attributes.

� You can replace Quarter by Organization attributes in the page-by option. Then you can display the report using a graph to analyze quarterly trends in inquiry activity for the different organizational units.

Monthly Inquiry Activity Trends by Material

This report displays inquiry activity by month, and measures inquiry trends based on material.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to identify the most requested materials, and to evaluate inquiry trends by comparing the change in the number of times a material is requested against the change in requested quantities.

Report layout and display

The page-by Month option summarizes monthly activity for different materials.

Both of the % Change Inquiries columns include a threshold that highlights data when a trend is negative. These values appear with a red background.

Page 62: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Inquiry Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference3

36 Inquiry reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a quarter and a product to analyze.

• Drill path: You can drill to any of the Organization or Customer attributes to display the breakdown. For example, to analyze inquiry distribution of a material by customer region, you would select a material to analyze and drill on Customer Region.

• Other options: You can display information grouped by any of the Material attributes, such as the Product hierarchy, instead of displaying information at the material level, which is the lowest level in the Material hierarchy.

Monthly Inquiry Distribution by Customer

Region

This report displays the distribution of inquiries based on a customer’s geographical region.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to identify which geographical areas have larger inquiry activity and contribute more to overall inquiries.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a quarter to analyze.

Page 63: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Inquiry Analysis 3

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Inquiry reports 37

• Drill path: You can drill to any other Customer attributes to identify customer profiles with larger inquiry activity.

• Other options: You can display information grouped by any of the other Customer attributes. To do this you must define a Contribution metric to support contribution analysis by any of the customer characteristics.

Page 64: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Inquiry Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference3

38 Inquiry reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Page 65: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Quotation Analysis area 39

4

4.QUOTATION ANALYSIS

Introduction

This chapter provides reference information for the reports that come with the Sales and Distribution Analysis Module (SDAM) as part of SDAM’s Quotation analysis area. It presents detailed information on each report in this analysis area, including usage scenarios, screen shots, and reporting details. The reports are available in the SDAM Reports folder; see Accessing reports in Chapter 1, Introduction.

� For information on the attributes, metrics, prompts, and filters included in the reports, see Object Glossaries, page 151 in Appendix A of this guide.

Quotation Analysis area

The Quotation Analysis area focuses on the quotation process, which involves creating a price quote for a customer by offering materials with certain price conditions.

Page 66: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Quotation Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference4

40 Quotation Analysis area © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Quotations can be processed based on a preceding customer inquiry, if the customer requested information (an inquiry) about the company’s materials before a quotation was prepared. The inquiry request is then qualified as a possible sales opportunity and becomes the source of a price quotation. In SDAM, this type of quotation includes a reference to the preceding inquiry. The preceding inquiry is called a reference document. Quotations can also be processed without a prior inquiry. In this case, a salesperson generates a quotation based on their knowledge of the customer or a customer directly requests a quotation.

The Quotation analysis area is divided into the following subsections, each with its own focused reports:

• Open Quotations analysis: This area helps you monitor all quotations with an open status.

• Quotation analysis: This area helps you understand quotation-processing performance by organization, material, and customer, including analyzing historical trends and geographical contributions.

• Inquiry to Quotation Conversion analysis: This area helps you measure the organizational performance of converting customer inquiries into quotations.

• Customer Quotation History analysis: This area helps you track quotation histories for individual customers.

Product hierarchy example

As part of the material hierarchy, the product hierarchy exists to group products with similar features. For example, the Summary Open Quotations by Product Hierarchy report in this chapter displays open quotations based on product. The product hierarchy levels allow you to expand this report so you can see more specific lists of products, or to collapse the report to see broader, more general lists of products.

The product hierarchy contains the following levels:

• Zero (0): The lowest, most specific, or detailed level

• One (1): The intermediate level

• Two (2): The highest, most general, or most inclusive level

Page 67: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Quotation Analysis 4

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Quotation reports 41

Using a computer store as an example, as shown in the following figure, Product Hierarchy Level 2 might include PCs, Servers, Storage, Printers, and Peripherals and Supplies as elements of level 2.

Each of these level 2 elements contains a more specific list of products at the next lowest product hierarchy level. For example, Product Hierarchy Level 1 under Servers might include Tower Servers, Rack Servers, and Server Solutions.

Each element of level 1 contains the most specific list of products at the very lowest level. For example, Product Hierarchy Level 0 under Tower Servers might include High-Performance Tower Servers and Standard Tower Servers.

The following figure shows the example described above:

Quotation reports

Open Quotations reports

This subsection focuses on analyzing quotations that have been sent to customers and are awaiting customer response. This includes all reports with a status of “Open,” including two summary reports measuring the number of open

Page 68: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Quotation Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference4

42 Quotation reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

quotations and quotation amounts by organization or materials, and a report at the transaction level to track quotation details.

Managers and operational users can use these reports to continuously track the quotation process, and to initiate actions that drive further sales orders.

The reports in this subsection are

• Summary Open Quotations by Organization

• Summary Open Quotations by Product Hierarchy

• List of Open Quotations by Customer

Summary Open Quotations by Organization

This report displays the distribution of open quotations throughout the organization, sorted by sales organization, sales office, and sales group.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to determine which sales offices have a larger pipeline, as measured by the open quotations net amount, and can allocate resources accordingly.

Report layout and display

Page 69: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Quotation Analysis 4

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Quotation reports 43

Report details

• Qualification: This report includes an embedded filter named Open Status (Sales Document), and only displays quotations with an Open status.

• Drill path:

� You can drill to customer characteristics, such as customer region which allows you to identify more active regions.

� You can drill down to transaction details, identifying individual customers and quotations assigned to a specific sales group.

• Other options:

� You can add contribution metrics to identify which organizational units have the biggest weight in the overall sales pipeline.

� You can create a report to analyze open quotations based on customer characteristics, such as customer region.

Summary Open Quotations by Product

Hierarchy

This report displays open quotations based on product.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to analyze open quotations by product. They can drill to materials to identify those materials with a larger pipeline.

Page 70: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Quotation Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference4

44 Quotation reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report layout and display

This report appears in Outline mode, which lets you view summarized information by the highest product hierarchy level. You can also expand one or more levels in the product hierarchy to see the Material detail. The screen shots here show examples of the reports with and without the levels expanded. See Product hierarchy example above for a detailed explanation of the product hierarchy.

Report details

• Qualification: This report includes an embedded filter named Open Status (Sales Document), and only displays quotations with an Open status.

Page 71: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Quotation Analysis 4

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Quotation reports 45

• Drill path: Because this report allows you to explore data at the Material level by expanding report elements, no drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add a prompt to filter materials by Product hierarchy or Material Division.

List of Open Quotations by Customer

This report displays open quotations for a specific customer or a group of customers.

Usage scenarios

Salespeople can use this report to track open quotations within their customer portfolios.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select one or more customers to analyze.

� This report includes an embedded filter named Open Status (Sales Document), and only displays quotations with an Open status.

• Drill path: This is a detailed report at the transaction level, so no drill path is recommended.

• Other options:

Page 72: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Quotation Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference4

46 Quotation reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

� You can add additional details to the report, such as Reference Document to display quotations that have an associated inquiry, or Document Item Status to display quotations with a specific status such as Open, Complete, and so on.

� You can create a report that identifies all open quotations for a sales office or sales organization. For example, you can add Sales Office to the report with the page-by option, and replace the Customer prompt with a prompt that selects one or more sales offices.

Quotation reports

This area focuses on analyzing quotation-processing performance by organization, material, and customer, including analyzing historical trends and geographical contributions.

The reports in this area help you

• summarize quotation activity over time, based on organization units or materials

• analyze historical trends

• analyze contributions to identify those elements that contribute a greater weight to overall quotation activity

Executives and managers can use these reports to monitor inquiry activity and identify historical trends. Analysts can use the reports to evaluate which organizational units, customer segments, or materials have greater quotation activity, and to identify patterns to explain it.

The reports in this subsection are

• Quotation Activity Summary

• Quarterly Quotation Activity Summary by Organization

• Quarterly Quotation Activity Summary by Material

• Monthly Quotation Activity Trends by Material

• Quotations Distribution by Customer Region

Page 73: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Quotation Analysis 4

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Quotation reports 47

• Monthly Quotation Contribution and Trends by Distribution Channel

• Material Contribution to Product Hierarchy Quotation Amounts

• Quarterly Rejected Quotation Items by Organization

Quotation Activity Summary

This graphical report displays a summary of quotation activity for a given year.

Usage scenarios

Sales executives and managers can use this report to gain an overview of quotation activities over time, and to identify historical trends.

Report layout and display

Page 74: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Quotation Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference4

48 Quotation reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

This report appears as a graph with split axes. The two axes display the results of metrics using different scales.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The quotations displayed reflect only those quotations created during the selected year.

• Drill path: If you display the report in grid mode, you can drill to any organizational, material, or customer attribute to display the breakdown in monthly trends.

Quarterly Quotation Activity Summary by

Organization

This report displays a summary of quotation activity, based on a selected organization unit, such as sales group, sales office, or distribution channel.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to analyze a complete set of metrics measuring quotation activity, such as the number of quotations, the net quotation amount, the average amount per quotation, and so on.

Report layout and display

The page-by Quarter option consolidates information for a selected quarter.

Page 75: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Quotation Analysis 4

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Quotation reports 49

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select one or more organization units to be displayed in the report.

� You are prompted to select the year to analyze.

• Drill path: You can drill to any of the other organization units, or to customer characteristics.

• Other options:

� You can display a monthly summary by substituting Quarter with Month in the page-by option, and by changing the prompt to select a different time period.

� You can create a report using customer attributes instead of organization attributes to group the information; add an object prompt to select customer attributes at run time.

Quarterly Quotation Activity Summary by

Material

This report displays a summary of quotation activity based on a selected group of materials.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to analyze a complete set of metrics measuring activity at the material level, such as the number of quotation items, the average net amount per quotation item, or the quotation item quantity.

Page 76: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Quotation Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference4

50 Quotation reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report layout and display

The page-by Quarter option consolidates information for the selected quarter.

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select one or more material groups to be displayed in the report.

� You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays only those quotations created during the selected year.

� In this report, the number of quotations identifies the number of times a material is included in a quotation. Because a single quotation may include several materials, the total can reflect double-counting of quotations.

• Drill path:

� You can drill down to other levels in the product hierarchy, or to Month.

� You can drill down to Material to identify activity at the lowest level.

• Other options: You can use Month instead of Quarter to analyze monthly activity.

Page 77: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Quotation Analysis 4

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Quotation reports 51

Monthly Quotation Activity Trends by Material

This report displays a detailed view of quotation activity at the material level.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to identify which materials are more actively quoted, and to analyze historical trends.

Report layout and display

The % Change columns include a threshold that highlights data when values are greater than zero. These values appear with a green background.

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select a quarter to analyze. The report displays those quotations created during the selected quarter.

� You are prompted to select the materials to analyze.

Page 78: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Quotation Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference4

52 Quotation reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

• Drill path: You can drill to organizational units to display the breakdown by organization.

• Other options: You can add material grouping attributes to the report, such as material division or category, instead of displaying the report at the material level.

Quotations Distribution by Customer Region

This report provides a graphical representation of the relative weight of each customer region on the total quotation amounts for each quarter.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to identify how sales are distributed throughout the different customer regions.

� In a graph that uses percentage representation, the columns do not represent absolute values. Each segment represents the percentage weight of one customer region compared to the total.

Page 79: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Quotation Analysis 4

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Quotation reports 53

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays those quotations created during the selected year.

• Drill path: You can drill to other customer or organization attributes.

• Other options: Similar reports can be created using organizational attributes, such as sales organization, distribution channel, or sales office.

Page 80: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Quotation Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference4

54 Quotation reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Monthly Quotation Contribution and Trends by

Distribution Channel

This report displays the contribution of each distribution channel, such as direct sales, wholesalers, and so on, to the overall net quotation amount.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers and distribution channel managers can use this report to identify distribution channels with larger contributions, and to analyze monthly activity trends

Report layout and display

The page-by Month option consolidates information for the selected month.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays those quotations created during the selected year.

• Drill path: Because this report calculates contributions at the distribution channel level, no drill path is recommended.

• Other options:

Page 81: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Quotation Analysis 4

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Quotation reports 55

� You can create similar reports by calculating contributions by other organizational attributes, such as sales organization and sales office. To do this you must create a contribution metric for the new attribute.

� Contributions can also be measured based on the number of quotations instead of quotation amounts.

Material Contribution to Product Hierarchy

Quotation Amounts

This report displays how materials contribute to the overall quotation amount for their corresponding product hierarchies.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to identify which materials contribute a higher quotation amount percentage to their corresponding product hierarchies.

Report layout and display

Page 82: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Quotation Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference4

56 Quotation reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays those quotations created during the year selected.

• Drill path: No drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can create similar reports calculating contributions by other material grouping attributes, such as material type, material group, material pricing group, and so on. To do this you must create a contribution metric for the new attribute.

Quarterly Rejected Quotation Items by

Organization

This report analyzes quotation rejections for a selected year in both absolute and relative values.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to analyze quotation rejection numbers, and to see the quarterly trend. Higher rejection rates can identify areas where sales strategy does not match customer needs, for example, when there are issues with price or material demand.

Page 83: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Quotation Analysis 4

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Quotation reports 57

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select one or more organizational units to be displayed in the report.

� You are prompted to select the year to analyze. The reports reflects those quotations that were created during the selected year.

• Drill path: You can drill to other organization or customer attributes.

• Attributes: Rejected Quotation Items are those quotation items within a quotation that a customer rejected.

• Other options: A similar report can be created to analyze rejections by material, allowing you to identify materials with higher rejection rates.

Page 84: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Quotation Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference4

58 Quotation reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Inquiry to Quotation Conversion reports

This area helps you measure organizational performance in converting customer inquiries into quotations. This analysis area includes summary reports evaluating conversion performance based on organization and material attributes.

Quotations can be created directly or processed from an earlier inquiry. Conversion rates measure those quotations generated from inquiries, compared to the total number of inquiries.

Executives and managers can use the reports in this area to monitor conversion activity. Analysts can use these reports to identify patterns driving conversion.

The reports in this subsection are

• Quarterly Conversion Summary

• Quarterly Conversion Activity by Material

• Quarterly Conversion Activity by Organization

Quarterly Conversion Summary

This report displays the number of customer inquiries converted into quotations, and the conversion rate percentage.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to analyze overall conversion success, and to see historical trends.

Page 85: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Quotation Analysis 4

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Quotation reports 59

Report layout and display

This report appears as a graph with split axes. The two axes display the results of metrics using different scales.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays those inquiries and quotations processed during the year selected.

For example, suppose you select the year 2005 to analyze. If an inquiry was processed in 2005 (sales document creation date in 2005) and the corresponding quotation was processed in 2006 (sales document creation date in 2006), the report does not include that quotation to calculate the conversion rate.

• Drill path: You can drill to organizational attributes, such as sales organization or distribution channel, and you can drill to material attributes, such as material type.

Page 86: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Quotation Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference4

60 Quotation reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

• Other options: You can include additional attributes to analyze activity trends by organization, material, or customer characteristics.

Quarterly Conversion Activity by Material

This report displays inquiry-to-quotation conversion performance for a selected year based on material.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to analyze material conversions, identifying which materials drive conversion from inquiries to quotations.

Report layout and display

The page-by Quarter option consolidates information for the selected quarter.

Page 87: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Quotation Analysis 4

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Quotation reports 61

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report includes those inquiries and quotations processed during the selected year.

• Drill path: You can drill to Month or Organization attributes to display the breakdown for the different materials.

• Other options: You can use other Materials groupings instead of Material.

Quarterly Conversion Activity by Organization

This report displays inquiry-to-quotation conversion efficiency based on a selected organizational unit.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to analyze conversion performance for a selected year, and to identify organizational units with better conversion rates.

Report layout and display

The page-by Quarter option consolidates information for the selected quarter.

Page 88: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Quotation Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference4

62 Quotation reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select one or more organization attributes to be displayed in the report. The report only includes those inquiries and quotations processed during the selected year.

• Drill path: You can drill to customer characteristics to identify which customer segments have a greater conversion rate, and to determine patterns.

• Other options:

� You can create a similar report to analyze rejection by customer attributes. To do this, add an object prompt with customer attributes.

� You can add quarter-to-quarter comparison metrics to highlight historical trends.

Customer Quotation History reports

This analysis area helps you track quotation histories for individual customers. This area includes a report summarizing all the quotation activity for an individual customer, and a report identifying details for all quotations processed for a customer.

Salespeople and other users can use these reports to monitor historical activity for a customer or group of customers.

The reports included in this subsection are

• Customer Quarterly Quotation Activity Summary

• Customer Quotation History Detail

Page 89: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Quotation Analysis 4

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Quotation reports 63

Customer Quarterly Quotation Activity Summary

This report displays a summary of customer quotation activity for a selected year.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers and salespeople can use this report to view a summary of customer quotation activity for one or more customers. You can analyze customer activity and identify follow-up actions.

Report layout and display

The page-by Customer option consolidates information for the selected customer.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a customer and a year to analyze.

• Drill path: Because this is a summary report, no drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add sales order metrics to analyze quotations and sales activities together.

Page 90: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Quotation Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference4

64 Quotation reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Customer Quotation History Detail

This report displays a list of all the quotations generated for a customer or group of customers.

Usage scenarios

Salespeople can use this report to track quotation histories for their customer portfolio, and to understand their customers’ future needs by analyzing the types of materials and quantities requested in the past.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select one or more customers to analyze.

• Drill path: Because this report displays data at the lowest level possible, no drill path is recommended.

• Other options:

� You can add additional details to the report such as net price or net margin, a document status such as Open or Complete, reference document (a related, earlier inquiry), and so on.

Page 91: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Quotation Analysis 4

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Quotation reports 65

� You can add a filter qualification using Time to limit the quotations listed to those processed during a selected time period.

Page 92: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Quotation Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference4

66 Quotation reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Page 93: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis area 67

5

5.SALES ORDER ANALYSIS

Introduction

This chapter provides reference information for the reports that come with the Sales and Distribution Analysis Module (SDAM) as part of SDAM’s Sales Order analysis area. It presents detailed information on each report in this analysis area, including usage scenarios, screen shots, and reporting details. The reports are available in the SDAM Reports folder; see Accessing reports in Chapter 1, Introduction.

� For information on the attributes, metrics, prompts, and filters included in the reports, see Object Glossaries, page 151 in Appendix A of this guide.

Sales Order Analysis area

This analysis area helps you analyze the sales order process, which involves customers placing a sales order to purchase materials.

Page 94: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

68 Sales Order Analysis area © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Sales orders can be processed based on a preceding quotation. If so, the sales order has a reference to the preceding quotation, so the quotation becomes a reference document for the sales order document. A sales order can also be placed directly into the system without a prior quotation.

Sales order transactions are automatically updated to reflect the fulfillment status based on ongoing deliveries. For a diagram of the sales order and sales order item structure, see Sales Document hierarchy, page 200 in Appendix B: Logical Data Model.

The Sales Order Analysis area is divided into the following subsections, each with its own focused reports:

• Open Sales Orders: This area monitors sales orders in process.

• Sales Analysis: This area focuses on sales activity based on the different organizational units.

• Customer Sales Analysis: This area analyzes sales activity throughout the existing customer base and identifies segments of customers with similar purchasing patterns.

• Material Sales Analysis: This analysis area focuses on sales activity based on material, including profitability analysis, historical trends, and contributions.

• Quotation to Sales Order Conversion Analysis: This area measures the efficiency of converting quotations into sales orders.

• Customer Sales Order History: This area tracks sales order histories for individual customers.

Page 95: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 69

Sales Order Analysis reports

Open Sales Orders reports

This analysis subsection presents reports that monitor sales orders being processed and pending delivery. This includes reports summarizing open sales orders by organization or material attributes, and a report that tracks sales order details at the customer level.

� The delivery status of an entire order depends on the delivery status of each item in the order. Until all the items are fully delivered, the order retains a status of Open; once all the items are delivered, the order status changes to Complete (fully delivered).

Managers and operational users can use the reports in this area to monitor the sales order process and take actions to ensure the future fulfillment of sales orders.

The reports in this area are

• Summary Open Sales Orders by Organization

• Summary Open Sales Orders by Material

• List of Open Sales Orders by Customer

Summary Open Sales Orders by Organization

This report displays a summary of open orders, listed by selected organizational units, such as by sales group, sales office, or distribution channel.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to track how many open orders exist in each organizational unit, as well as view the amounts pending delivery.

Page 96: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

70 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select one or more organizational units to be displayed in the report.

� This report includes an embedded filter named Open Status (Sales Document), so the report displays only those orders with a Open status.

• Drill path: You can drill to other Organization attributes.

• Other options: You can create similar reports by replacing Sales Organization with Sales Office, Distribution Channel, or Customer Region to identify the geographical breakdown of open sales orders.

Summary Open Sales Orders by Material

This report displays a summary of currently open sales orders, by material.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to track open orders by different materials, and can view details such as quantity ordered and average net amount per item.

Page 97: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 71

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: This report includes an embedded filter named Open Status (Sales Document), so the report displays only those orders with an Open status.

• Drill path: You can drill down to Organization or Customer Characteristics attributes to identify customer segments with certain buying behavior.

• Other options: You can change the report display to summarize information by any other of the Material attributes, such as material division or product hierarchy. This provides a summary and lets you drill to Material to analyze detail.

List of Open Sales Orders by Customer

This report displays a list of all the open sales orders, and groups them by customer.

Usage scenarios

Salespeople can use this report to identify all open orders and follow up to ensure successful completion.

Page 98: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

72 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report layout and display

The page-by Customer option consolidates information for the selected customer.

Report details

• Qualification: This report includes an embedded filter named Open Status (Sales Document), so the report displays only those orders with an Open status.

• Drill path: Because this report displays data at the lowest level possible, no drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add a Sales Office or Sales Group prompt to allow salespeople to select only open orders within a specific geographical unit.

Sales Analysis reports

This analysis subsection focuses on sales activity based on the different organizational units, such as by sales office, sales group, distribution channel, and so on. Reports include summaries measuring sales activity; reports analyzing profitability, historical trends, and contributions; and a report identifying top sales orders.

Executives and managers can use the reports in this subsection to monitor sales order activity. Analysts can use the reports to understand historical trends and contributions to overall sales.

The reports in this subsection are

• Sales Activity Summary

• Quarterly Sales Summary

Page 99: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 73

• Monthly Sales Activity by Organization

• Sales Group Contribution to Sales Office Activity

• Quarterly Profitability Summary by Sales Office

• Top 5 Sales Orders by Net Sales Amount and Quarter

Sales Activity Summary

This graphical report displays sales activity by month.

Usage scenarios

Executives and sales managers can use this report to analyze the company’s sales activity history and identify trends.

Report layout and display

Page 100: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

74 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Net Sales Order Amount is displayed in a column graph. Sales Orders is displayed in a line graph.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays those sales orders created during the selected year.

• Drill path: You can drill to any of the Organization attributes to display the breakdown.

• Other options: You can add additional metrics such as Sales Order Items or Average Sales Order Amount.

Quarterly Sales Summary

This report displays a general overview of company sales activity for a selected year.

Usage scenarios

Executives and sales managers can use this report to measure sales activity using a complete set of metrics, and can also compare quarterly activity to identify historical trends.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays those sales orders created during the selected year.

Page 101: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 75

• Drill path: You can drill to any of the Organization attributes to display the breakdown by sales organization, distribution channel, or material division.

� Drilling to Month is not recommended because the % Change Amount row is calculated at the quarter level.

• Other options:

� You can create a similar report at the Month level. To do this you must replace the Quarter Comparison metrics with others calculated at the Month level.

� You can add additional prompt qualifications to analyze the summary for a specific material division, sales office, distribution channel, and so on.

Monthly Sales Activity by Organization

This report displays a sales summary by month for any of the organizational units, such as sales organization, distribution channel, sales office, and so on.

Usage scenarios

Executives and sales managers can use this report to analyze sales activity for any organizational unit, including measuring monthly trends.

Report layout and display

Page 102: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

76 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

The page-by Month option consolidates information for the selected month.

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select one or more Organization attributes to be displayed in the report.

� You are prompted to select a quarter to analyze. The report displays those sales orders created during the selected quarter.

• Drill path: Drill to any of the other Organization attributes or to customer characteristics to identify key segments in the customer base.

• Other options:

� You can add prompt qualifications to segment results. For example, you can provide prompts to select a specific customer region or distribution channel.

� You can create a report to analyze activity by customer characteristics, by replacing the object prompt with one selecting Customer Characteristic attributes.

Sales Group Contribution to Sales Office Activity

This report displays the contribution of each sales group to overall sales office activity.

Usage scenarios

Sales office managers can use this report to determine which sales groups contribute more to overall sales office activity, and can see the contribution trend to identify those sales groups that are improving their contributions.

Page 103: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 77

Report layout and display

The page-by Month option summarizes information based on the month selected.

The % Contribution column includes a threshold that highlights data when a sales group contribution is more than 50%. These values appear with an orange background.

The Contribution Trends column includes a threshold that highlights positive (+) or negative (-) contribution trends.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a quarter to analyze. The report displays those sales orders created during the selected quarter.

• Drill path: No drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can create reports analyzing contribution by other Organization attributes, such as Distribution Channel.

Quarterly Profitability Summary by Sales Office

This report displays profitability by sales office, in absolute and relative values.

Page 104: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

78 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to identify which sales offices have achieved larger absolute and percentage margins, and can evaluate historical trends.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze.

• Drill path: You can drill to Month to display the monthly breakdown, or to any Organization attributes.

• Other options:

Page 105: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 79

� You can substitute Sales Office with a dynamic prompt to select any of the Organization attributes.

� You can create a similar report using Customer attributes to analyze profitability by customer segment.

Top 5 Sales Orders by Net Sales Amount and

Quarter

This report displays the top five sales orders generated each quarter, based on sales order net amount.

Usage scenarios

Executives and sales managers can use this report to identify the company’s top sales orders, and to compare historical trends.

Report layout and display

Page 106: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

80 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select the year for which orders are analyzed.

� This report includes an embedded filter named Rank Net Sales Order Amount – Top 5 Sales Orders by Quarter.

• Drill path: You can drill to display sales order details, such as the materials in an order.

• Other options: You can add additional prompt qualifications, such as distribution channel or sales organization, to identify top orders for selected organizational units.

Customer Sales Analysis reports

This analysis subsection focuses on sales activity throughout the existing customer base and identifies segments of customers with similar purchasing patterns. Reports offer analysis of sales activity based on customer attributes to identify customer segments with certain behaviors. One report analyzes customer loyalty and another identifies top customers.

Analysts can use these reports to identify customer segments with certain purchasing patterns, and to measure customer base loyalty.

The reports in this subsection are

• Quarterly Customer Base Sales Activity

• Customer Loyalty - Orders Two Consecutive Quarters

• Monthly Sales Activity by Customer Characteristics

• Top 5 Customers by Net Sales Amount and Quarter

Page 107: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 81

Quarterly Customer Base Sales Activity

This report displays sales activity for your existing customer base.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to analyze how many customers had sales orders, and to see that percentage over the total customer base.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze.

• Drill path: You can drill to Month to display the monthly breakdown, or to customer characteristics to identify buying patterns.

• Attributes: The Registered Customers column includes all customers registered in the database, no matter when they became customers.

• Other options: You can add any Customer Characteristics attributes to the report, or provide a prompt to limit analysis to a specific customer segment.

Page 108: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

82 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Customer Loyalty - Orders Two Consecutive

Quarters

This report displays measurements relating to the loyalty of the customer base over time.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to analyze purchasing loyalty by identifying those customers with orders in two consecutive quarters. The report measures the weight of this type of customer compared to the total number of sales orders and total sales amounts.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze.

• Drill path: You can drill to Organization or Customer Characteristics attributes to display the breakdown and identify loyalty patterns.

� Drilling to Month is not allowed because some of the metrics are defined at the Quarter level.

• Other options: You can add prompts to filter data by Customer Characteristics or Organization attributes.

Page 109: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 83

Monthly Sales Activity by Customer

Characteristics

This report displays a summary of sales activity based on selected customer characteristics.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to analyze sales distribution by customer segments, and to determine typical customer profiles.

Report layout and display

The page-by Month option summarizes sales activity for the selected month.

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select one or more customer characteristics to be displayed in the report.

� You are prompted to select the quarter for which sales orders will be analyzed.

• Drill path: You can drill to other customer characteristics or to organizational units.

• Other options: You can add prompt qualifications using Customer attributes to segment the customer base.

Page 110: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

84 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Top 5 Customers by Net Sales Amount and

Quarter

This report displays the top five customers by net sales order amount, for each quarter in a given year.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers and executives can use this report to identify the company’s top customers.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays those sales orders created during the selected year.

Page 111: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 85

� This report includes an embedded filter named Rank Net Sales Order Amount – Top 5 by Quarter.

• Drill path: You can drill down to Sales Document to track different sales transactions for top customers.

• Other options: You can add additional filter conditions to identify top customers for a specific sales organization or material division.

Material Sales reports

This analysis subsection focuses on sales activity based on material, including profitability analysis, historical trends, and contributions. The reports in this analysis area include summary reports measuring sales activity by material attributes, reports analyzing historical trends, contribution analyses to identify material with greater weight in sales activity, reports evaluating material profitability, and reports identifying top or bottom products.

Analysts can use these reports to measure material sales performance, identify top products, and understand purchasing patterns and historical trends.

The reports in this subsection are

• Quarterly Sales Summary by Material

• Monthly Sales Activity by Material Attributes

• Monthly Sales Trends by Material

• Quarterly Sales Summary by Product Hierarchy

• Sales Organization Contribution to Material Division Sales

• Material Division Contribution to Monthly Sales

• Quarterly Product Hierarchy Sales by Material

• Margin and Price Monthly Trends by Material

• Top 5 Materials by Net Sales Amount and Quarter

• Bottom 3 Materials by % Net Margin and Quarter

Page 112: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

86 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Quarterly Sales Summary by Material

This report provides a complete summary of all sales activity for a selected material.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to measure material activity and its quarterly trends, using a complete set of metrics.

Report layout and display

The page-by Material option provides a summary for the selected material element.

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays those sales orders created during the selected year.

� You are prompted to select one or more materials, which are elements in any level of the product hierarchy.

• Drill path: No drill path is recommended.

Page 113: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 87

• Other options: You can consolidate the data based on Material attributes other than at the Material level, such as Product hierarchy or Material Division. However, be aware that some metrics, such as Net Price or Quantity, only make sense at the Material level.

Monthly Sales Activity by Material Attributes

This report provides a summary of sales performance based on any of the material groups, such as Material Type, Material Industry Sector, Material Pricing Group, and so on.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to evaluate overall sales performance for specific groups of materials, and to identify those groups of materials with higher activity, positive monthly trends, and higher net margin.

Report layout and display

The page-by Month option summarizes sales performance information for the selected month.

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select one or more material groups to be displayed in the report.

Page 114: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

88 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

� You are prompted to select the quarter for which sales activity is analyzed.

• Drill path: You can drill to other Material attributes such as Product Hierarchy.

• Other options: You can add additional prompt qualifications using Organization attributes or customer characteristics, to analyze material activity for those specific elements.

Monthly Sales Trends by Material

This graphical report displays a summary of monthly sales activity for a selected material.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to analyze a particular material’s sales performance over time, including the number of sales orders and the total sales amount.

Page 115: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 89

Report layout and display

The page-by Material option displays sales activity for the selected material element.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays those sales orders that were created during the selected year.

• Drill path: You can drill to Organization attributes to display the breakdown by organizational unit.

• Other options: You can add prompt qualifications to segment analysis for a group of materials, based on Material Division or Product hierarchy selections.

Page 116: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

90 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Quarterly Sales Summary by Product Hierarchy

This report displays the sales performance of selected materials, summarized based on the Product hierarchy.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to analyze sales activity and identify product lines with better performance. You can identify historical trends by comparing data for different quarters.

Report layout and display

Page 117: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 91

This report appears in Outline mode, which lets you view summarized information by the highest Product hierarchy level. You can also expand one or more levels in the Product hierarchy and get to the Material detail. The screen shots here show examples of the reports with and without the levels expanded.

The page-by Quarter option summarizes data for the selected quarter.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze.

• Drill path: You can drill to Month or drill to Organization attributes to display the material sales breakdown by time or organizational unit.

• Other options: You can add a prompt qualification for Material attributes to filter material analyzed by Material Division, Material Category, and so on.

Sales Organization Contribution to Material

Division Sales

This graphical report displays the sales organizations that contribute more to material division quarterly sales.

Usage scenarios

Division managers and sales managers can use this report to identify which sales organization contributes a greater weight to overall division sales. The report can also help to identify drivers that explain why various material divisions are more or less successful in the different markets.

Page 118: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

92 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze.

• Drill path: You can drill to other organizational units or Material attributes.

• Other options: You can change the sales organization to any other Organization attributes, such as sales office or distribution channel.

Page 119: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 93

Material Division Contribution to Monthly Sales

This report displays measurements of the contribution of each company’s material divisions to overall sales.

Usage scenarios

Executives and division managers can use this report to identify which material divisions contribute more to overall sales, and to see the monthly trends.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a quarter to analyze.

• Drill path: No drill path is recommended.

• Other options:

� You can create similar reports to analyze contribution by Customer or Organization attributes. For example, you can create a report to calculate customer region contribution to material sales. This requires you to create additional contribution metrics to calculate contribution by those attributes.

Page 120: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

94 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

� You can also eliminate Material from the report to summarize contributions at the material division level; then you can drill down to Material if detail is required.

Quarterly Product Hierarchy Sales by Material

This graphical report displays quarterly sales for all materials in a given product hierarchy. The figure here displays an example based the most general level in the product hierarchy. See the Product hierarchy example in Chapter 4, Quotation Analysis for a detailed explanation of product hierarchy levels.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to analyze sales trends for a selected product hierarchy. They can also measure the weight of each material on overall sales and any related trends.

Page 121: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 95

Report layout and display

The page-by Product Hierarchy Level option consolidates information for the selected hierarchy level.

The report appears as a graph using stacked columns. In this graph, each column section represents a material, while the whole column represents the product hierarchy element.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze.

• Drill path: You can drill to Month or Organization attributes to display, for example, the breakdown by sales organization.

Page 122: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

96 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

• Other options: You can use other Material Grouping attributes, such as Material Division, instead of Product Hierarchy.

Margin and Price Monthly Trends by Material

This report displays related trends in the net price and net margin of selected materials.

Usage scenarios

Products managers can use this report to analyze how net price variance influences the material net margin.

Report layout and display

The % Change Net Price and % Change Net Margin columns include thresholds that highlight data to emphasize positive (green) or negative (red) changes.

Page 123: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 97

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a quarter and a material division to analyze.

• Drill path: No drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add absolute values for net price and net margin to analyze absolute variance.

Top 5 Materials by Net Sales Amount and

Quarter

This report displays the top five materials by sales order net amount, for each quarter of a selected year.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to identify top materials each quarter, including details such as the number of transactions and total quantities.

Page 124: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

98 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays those sales orders created during the selected year.

� The report ranks all materials by sales and identifies the top five. The report includes an embedded filter named Rank Net Sales Order Amount – Top 5 by Quarter.

• Drill path: No drill path is recommended.

• Other options:

� You can create similar reports to identify top materials by division, sales office, distribution channel, and so on.

Page 125: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 99

� The report filter can be changed to display ten or twenty top products, instead of five. You can also add a prompt to select the number of top products to display.

Bottom 3 Materials by % Net Margin and Quarter

This report displays the least profitable materials based on percentage of net margin, by quarter.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to identify which materials have a smaller percentage of net margin, and can take action to improve margins.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays those sales order items created during the selected year.

Page 126: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

100 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

� This report ranks all materials by the percentage of net margin, and identifies the bottom three. The report includes an embedded filter named Rank % Net Margin – Bottom 3 by Quarter.

• Drill path: No drill path is recommended.

• Other options:

� You can create similar reports to identify least profitable (bottom) materials by division, sales office, distribution channel, and so on.

� You can change the filter so you can select the number of bottom materials to display.

� You can add an additional prompt qualification to segment materials by product hierarchy or material division.

Quotation-to-Sales Order Conversion reports

This analysis subsection measures the efficiency of converting quotations into sales orders. The reports in this area include summary reports measuring conversion efficiency by organization or material attributes, a report identifying top sales orders from quotations, and a summary report analyzing historical conversion trends.

Managers can use these reports to monitor conversion activity. Analysts can use the reports to identify patterns driving conversion.

� Sales orders can be created directly or processed from an earlier quotation. Conversion rates measure those sales orders generated from quotations, compared to the total number of quotations.

The reports in this subsection are

• Quarterly Conversion Summary

• Quarterly Conversion Activity by Organization

• Quarterly Conversion Activity by Material

Page 127: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 101

• Top 5 Sales Orders from Quotations by Net Amount and Quarter

Quarterly Conversion Summary

This report presents a general overview of the quotation-to-sales order conversion performance for a given year.

Usage scenarios

Executives can use this report to identify overall performance trends for quotation-to-sales order conversions.

Report layout and display

Page 128: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

102 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

This report appears as a graph with split axes. The two axes display the results of metrics using different scales.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year. The report includes only those quotations and sales orders processed during the selected year.

For example, suppose you select the year 2005 to analyze. If a quotation was processed in 2005 (sales document creation date in year 2005) and the corresponding sales order was processed in 2006 (sales document creation date in year 2006), the report will not count that sales order to calculate the conversion rate.

• Drill path: No drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can analyze conversion at the item level by substituting the existing metrics with others, such as Sales Order Items from Quotations Items, and Conversion Rate Items (%).

Quarterly Conversion Activity by Organization

This report displays an analysis of the efficiency of converting quotations into sales orders. It groups information by the selected organizational unit, such as sales office, sales group, distribution channel, and so on.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to identify which organizational units are more effective and which less effective at converting quotations into sales orders.

Page 129: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 103

Report layout and display

The page-by Quarter option consolidates information for the selected quarter.

The Conversion Rate column includes thresholds that highlight conversion rates greater than 50%. These values appear in red, with cells outlined in green.

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select one or more organizational units to be displayed in the report.

� You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report compares quotations and sales orders processed during a given quarter of the selected year, based on the sales document creation date.

• Drill path: You can drill to other organizational units or customer characteristics.

• Other options:

� You can include Quarter in the report to evaluate quarterly conversion trends.

� You can create a similar report to analyze conversions based on customer characteristics, by replacing the object prompt with one allowing the selection of Customer attributes.

Page 130: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

104 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Quarterly Conversion Activity by Material

This report displays measurements for quarterly quotation-to-sales order conversions (absolute and relative), by material.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to identify which materials have greater conversion rates, and to identify trends. Actions can include creating material bundles to group those materials with greater conversion rates to drive conversion of sales orders, and to group the materials with smaller conversion rates. You can then rerun the report later to evaluate the success of any initiatives, and to determine how much the conversion rates improved.

Report layout and display

The page-by Quarter option consolidates information for the selected quarter.

Page 131: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 105

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report compares only those quotations and sales orders processed during a given quarter of the selected year, based on the sales document creation date.

• Drill path: You can drill to Organization to display the breakdown by, for example, sales organization or sales office.

• Other options: You can change the report to group data by material division or product hierarchy instead of by material.

Top 5 Sales Orders from Quotations by Net

Amount and Quarter

This report displays the top five sales orders generated from quotations, based on net amount.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to identify top orders from quotations, and to determine the best practices used to convert each quotation into a sales order.

Page 132: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

106 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays only those sales order items that had an earlier quotation and were created during the selected year.

� The report ranks sales orders and selects the top five by net amount. The report includes an embedded filter named Rank Net Sales Order Amount – Top 5 Sales Orders from Quotations by Quarter.

• Drill path: You can drill to display sales transaction details.

• Other options: You can add other dynamic selections to segment top orders by attributes such as customer region, material division, or distribution channel.

Page 133: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 107

Customer Sales Order History reports

This analysis subsection tracks sales order histories for individual customers. Reports include a summary of sales order activity for individual customers, and a report detailing all sales order transactions.

Salespeople can use these reports to monitor historical activity for a customer or group of customers.

The reports in this subsection are

• Customer Quarterly Sales Orders Activity Summary

• Customer Sales Order History Detail

Customer Quarterly Sales Orders Activity

Summary

This report displays a summary of all sales activity for a selected customer or group of customers, during a given year.

Usage scenarios

Salespeople can use this report to see a summary of sales activity for their customer portfolio.

Report layout and display

The page-by Customer option summarizes sales activity for the selected customer.

Page 134: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

108 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

The % Net Margin row includes a threshold that highlights data when the net margin for a customer is greater than 15%. These values appear with a green background.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year and one or more customers to analyze.

• Drill path: No drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add additional metrics to evaluate quotation activity, and compare it with sales activity.

Customer Sales Order History Detail

This report presents a complete customer sales history.

Usage scenarios

Salespeople can use this report to track sales histories, and to identify customer buying patterns and cross-selling opportunities for further sales activities.

Report layout and display

Page 135: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales Order Analysis 5

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales Order Analysis reports 109

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a customer to analyze.

• Drill path: Because this report is at the lowest level possible, no drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add additional details to this report, such as processing dates and sales order (document) statuses.

Page 136: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales Order Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference5

110 Sales Order Analysis reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Page 137: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Delivery Analysis area 111

6

6.DELIVERY ANALYSIS

Introduction

This chapter provides reference information for the reports that come with the Sales and Distribution Analysis Module (SDAM) as part of SDAM’s Delivery analysis area. It presents detailed information on each report in this analysis area, including usage scenarios, screen shots, and reporting details. The reports are available in the SDAM Reports folder; see Accessing reports in Chapter 1, Introduction.

� For information on the attributes, metrics, prompts, and filters included in the reports, see Object Glossaries, page 151 in Appendix A of this guide.

Delivery Analysis area

This analysis area focuses on delivery processing that is related to fulfilling sales orders for customers. Delivery processing includes a number of stages, such as material

Page 138: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Delivery Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference6

112 Delivery Analysis area © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

availability, packing and loading, the issuing of goods, and final delivery to the customer site. Delivery transactions are automatically updated as different stages are completed.

The following information explains some delivery processing details as they relate to the Delivery analysis reports:

• Outbound deliveries are those deliveries scheduled to fulfill one or more sales orders. An order may be fulfilled with one or more outbound deliveries, depending on when different materials from the same order are available and whether they are shipped from the same location.

• Materials from different sales orders might be grouped into a single delivery, for example, when they have a similar schedule and are shipped from the same location.

• A delivery may include one or more delivery items; each of these items corresponds to an individual material in the delivery. For each item, the transaction tracks material quantities and dates corresponding to the different stages in the delivery process.

For a diagram of the sales order-to-delivery process, see Delivery Document hierarchy, page 206 in Appendix B: Logical Data Model.

This analysis area is divided into the following subsections, each with its own focused reports:

• Open Deliveries analysis: This area monitors deliveries being processed.

• Outbound Delivery analysis: This area analyzes outbound delivery processing, including measuring volumes and processing times.

• Customer Delivery History analysis: This area tracks delivery histories for individual customers.

Page 139: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Delivery Analysis 6

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Delivery reports 113

Delivery reports

Open Deliveries reports

This area monitors deliveries being processed through the many delivery stages. The reports in this area help you track details for different types of pending deliveries.

Analysts and service managers can use these reports to monitor delivery processing and take action to ensure correct and timely delivery.

The reports in this subsection are

• List of Open Deliveries (Pending Material Availability)

• List of Open Deliveries (Pending Goods Issue)

• List of Open Deliveries (Issued and Pending Delivery)

List of Open Deliveries (Pending Material

Availability)

This report lists all current open deliveries that are waiting for materials to become available for packing and shipping.

Usage scenarios

Service managers can use this report to track open deliveries, and to monitor planned quantities and delivery dates.

Report layout and display

Page 140: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Delivery Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference6

114 Delivery reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report details

• Qualification: This report displays those deliveries that have a delivery document item status of Open – Pending Material Availability.

• Drill path: Because this report displays data at the lowest level possible, no drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add additional details to the report such as delivery status, reference document, and so on. A reference document is an earlier, related document. For example, a quotation may lead to a sales order; the quotation becomes the reference document for the sales order document.

List of Open Deliveries (Pending Goods Issue)

This report presents a list of open deliveries for which goods have been packed, but which are waiting to be issued to customers.

Usage scenarios

Service managers can use this report to track open deliveries, and to monitor planned quantities and delivery dates.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: The report displays those deliveries that have a delivery document item status of Open – Pending Goods Issue.

Page 141: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Delivery Analysis 6

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Delivery reports 115

• Drill path: Because this report presents data at the lowest level possible, no drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add additional details to the report such as status, reference document, and so on.

List of Open Deliveries (Issued and Pending

Delivery)

This report displays a list of all open deliveries that have been shipped and are in transit to the customer site.

Usage scenarios

Service managers can use this report to track open deliveries, and to monitor delivery dates.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: This report displays those deliveries that have a delivery document item status of Open – Pending Deliver Customer.

• Drill path: Because this report displays data at the lowest level possible, no drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add additional details to the report such as status, reference document, and so on.

Page 142: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Delivery Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference6

116 Delivery reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Outbound Delivery Analysis reports

This area analyzes outbound delivery processing, including measurements of volumes and processing times. The reports include summaries measuring activity by shipping point, organization, and material attributes; a report analyzing each shipping point’s contribution to overall deliveries; reports analyzing historical trends; and reports analyzing delivery processing times and delays.

Executives and managers can use these reports to monitor outbound delivery activity. Analysts can use the reports to identify inefficiencies in the delivery process.

The reports in this subsection are

• Quarterly Outbound Delivery Activity Summary

• Monthly Outbound Delivery Activity by Organization

• Outbound Delivery Processing Times by Shipping Point

• Monthly Outbound Delivery Activity by Shipping Point

• Shipping Point Contribution to Material Deliveries

• Material Processing Times by Shipping Point

• Outbound Delivery Processing by Customer Region

Quarterly Outbound Delivery Activity Summary

This report provides a summary of outbound delivery activity for a selected quarter.

Usage scenarios

Service managers can use this report to monitor outbound deliveries and to identify quarterly trends.

Page 143: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Delivery Analysis 6

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Delivery reports 117

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze.

• Drill path: You can drill to Month to evaluate monthly activity, or to Shipping Point to analyze activity based on the different locations from where products are shipped.

• Other options: You can add additional metrics such as Average Delivery Delays.

Monthly Outbound Delivery Activity by

Organization

This report displays a summary of outbound delivery activity based on selected organizational units. An organizational unit is assigned to each delivery transaction.

Usage scenarios

Service managers and sales managers can use this report to analyze delivery activity throughout the organization, and to identify more active and less active organizational units.

Page 144: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Delivery Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference6

118 Delivery reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report layout and display

The page-by Month option summarizes delivery activity for the selected month.

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select one or more organizational units to be displayed in the report.

� You are prompted to select the quarter for which outbound deliveries will be analyzed.

• Drill path: You can drill to any of the other organizational units.

• Other options: You can change the attribute prompt to select customer characteristics or Material attributes.

Outbound Delivery Processing Times by

Shipping Point

This report presents a graphical view of historical trends for delivery processing times. It includes data on delays for each of the company’s shipping points.

Usage scenarios

Service managers can use this report to analyze processing times for outbound deliveries for each shipping point, and to identify historical trends.

Page 145: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Delivery Analysis 6

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Delivery reports 119

Report layout and display

Page 146: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Delivery Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference6

120 Delivery reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

The report appears as two graphs, one for processing times and one for delivery delays. Scroll down to display the second graph.

The page-by Shipping Point option summarizes trends for the selected shipping point.

When viewed in grid mode, the report displays a complete set of processing times and delays, measured in days.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year for which outbound deliveries will be analyzed.

• Drill path: You can drill to Material attributes to analyze shipping point processing times for different materials.

• Other options: You can add additional metrics to measure processing times and delivery delays compared to planned dates.

Page 147: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Delivery Analysis 6

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Delivery reports 121

Monthly Outbound Delivery Activity by Shipping

Point

This report displays monthly delivery activity volumes, based on shipping point.

Usage scenarios

Service managers can use this report to monitor shipping point activity, to identify the most active shipping points, and to identify shipping points showing a positive or negative trend in activity.

Report layout and display

The % Change Outbound Deliveries column includes a threshold that highlights negative data, reflecting shipping points with a negative trend in the number of deliveries processed compared to the previous month. These values appear with a red background.

The % Change Total Delivery Time column includes a threshold that highlights negative data, reflecting shipping points that are reducing the total delivery processing time compared to the previous month. These values appear with a green background.

The page-by Month option summarizes activity volumes for the selected month.

Page 148: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Delivery Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference6

122 Delivery reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a quarter for which outbound deliveries will be analyzed.

• Drill path: You can drill to Organization, Customer Characteristics, or Material attributes to display the activity breakdown by those attributes.

• Other options: You can add prompt qualifications using Material attributes to analyze activity volumes by groups of materials.

Shipping Point Contribution to Material

Deliveries

This report displays the contributions made by each shipping point to outbound material deliveries, by quarter.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to identify which shipping points have a greater contribution to overall outbound deliveries for a specific material.

Report layout and display

The page-by Material option summarizes contributions for the selected material.

Page 149: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Delivery Analysis 6

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Delivery reports 123

Each of the % Contribution to Material Outbound Delivery Quantities columns includes a threshold that highlights data for those shipping points contributing more than 50% to overall material outbound deliveries. These values appear in green.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year for which outbound deliveries will be analyzed.

• Drill path: No drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can use a Material attribute such as Product Hierarchy or Material Division in place of Material to display a summary at that level. You can add filters to limit the number of materials analyzed by material division or product hierarchy.

Material Processing Times by Shipping Point

This report displays a summary of processing times by material and shipping point.

Usage scenarios

Product managers and service managers can use this report to analyze outbound delivery performance by material, identifying which shipping points perform better when fulfilling material deliveries.

Page 150: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Delivery Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference6

124 Delivery reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report layout and display

The page-by Month option summarizes processing times for the selected month.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a quarter and a material in the product hierarchy for which outbound deliveries will be analyzed.

• Drill path: You can drill to Organization or Customer attributes.

• Other options: You can group information at the Product Hierarchy level instead of at the Material level.

Page 151: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Delivery Analysis 6

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Delivery reports 125

Outbound Delivery Processing by Customer

Region

This report presents a graphical view of outbound delivery processing times by customer region.

Usage scenarios

Service managers and sales managers can use this report to evaluate delivery service quality to different customer regions. This analysis identifies possible bottlenecks delivering goods to customer regions, and can trigger actions to reduce the time required to deliver goods and to eliminate delays.

Page 152: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Delivery Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference6

126 Delivery reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report layout and display

The page-by Customer Region option summarizes processing times for the selected customer region.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year for which outbound deliveries will be analyzed.

• Drill path: You can drill to Month or customer characteristics.

Page 153: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Delivery Analysis 6

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Delivery reports 127

• Other options: You can analyze data at the Month level instead of the Quarter level.

Customer Delivery History reports

This area tracks delivery histories for individual customers. Reports in this area include a summary of all outbound delivery activity for individual customers, a report detailing delivery transactions, and a report detailing deliveries and their corresponding sales transactions.

Salespeople can use these reports to monitor historical activity for a customer or group of customers.

The reports in this subsection are

• Customer Quarterly Outbound Delivery Activity Summary

• Customer Outbound Deliveries History Detail

• Customer Delivery History (by Reference Sales Document)

Customer Quarterly Outbound Delivery Activity

Summary

This report presents a summary of all outbound deliveries for a customer in a given year.

Usage scenarios

Salespeople can use this report to get an overall view of the outbound delivery activity for a specific customer or group of customers, and can analyze quarterly trends.

Page 154: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Delivery Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference6

128 Delivery reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report layout and display

The page-by Customer option consolidates information for the selected customer.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year and one or more customers for whom outbound deliveries will be analyzed.

• Drill path: No drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add additional metrics to measure other types of deliveries such as return deliveries or free subsequent deliveries.

Customer Outbound Deliveries History Detail

This report displays a list of all outbound deliveries for a selected customer.

Usage scenarios

Salespeople can use this report to track the outbound delivery history for a customer or group of customers.

Page 155: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Delivery Analysis 6

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Delivery reports 129

Report layout and display

The page-by Customer option summarizes outbound deliveries for the selected customer.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select one or more customers for whom outbound deliveries will be analyzed.

• Drill path: Because this report displays data at the lowest level possible, no drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add additional details to the report such as Reference Document, Document Item Status, or other delivery processing dates.

Customer Delivery History (by Reference Sales

Document)

This report displays a list of all deliveries and related sales documents for a customer.

Page 156: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Delivery Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference6

130 Delivery reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Usage scenarios

Salespeople can use this report to track how a customer’s sales transactions were fulfilled.

Report layout and display

This report includes the option to page by Sales Document Type. This option lets you display information for a specific type of sales document. For example, you can display only sales orders and their corresponding deliveries, or display only returns.

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a customer for whom deliveries will be analyzed.

• Drill path: No drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add additional details to this report such as delivery dates or document status.

Page 157: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales and Delivery Service Analysis area 131

7

7.SALES AND DELIVERY

SERVICE ANALYSIS

Introduction

This chapter provides reference information for the reports that come with the Sales and Distribution Analysis Module (SDAM) as part of SDAM’s Sales and Delivery Service analysis area. It presents detailed information on each report in this analysis area, including usage scenarios, screen shots, and reporting details. The reports are available in the SDAM Reports folder; see Accessing reports in Chapter 1, Introduction.

� For information on the attributes, metrics, prompts, and filters included in the reports, see Object Glossaries, page 151 in Appendix A of this guide.

Sales and Delivery Service Analysis area

The Sales and Delivery Service Analysis area helps you understand information related to company service activities, such as sales order fulfillment, delivery service, and returns.

Page 158: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales and Delivery Service Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference7

132 Sales and Delivery Service reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

The following information explains some service activity details as they relate to the Sales and Delivery Service reports:

• After sales orders are placed, they are fulfilled through delivery. While orders are being fulfilled, they are part of the backlog.

• Each delivery has a confirmed quantity of materials to be delivered and a date when materials are expected for delivery at the customer site. Delivery service quality is measured based on the number of deliveries with incorrect quantity and the number of late deliveries.

• Once returned materials are accepted, the company processes the return as well as a subsequent delivery to replace the returned materials.

The Sales and Delivery Service analysis area is divided into the following subsections, each with its own focused reports:

• Backlog analysis: This analysis area monitors unfulfilled sales orders, and tracks materials pending delivery and fulfillment rates.

• Delivery Service analysis: This analysis area focuses on the quality of the delivery process, identifying the volumes of incorrect and late deliveries.

• Returns analysis: This analysis area focuses on returns activity and identifies patterns based on material or shipping point.

Sales and Delivery Service reports

Backlog reports

This analysis subsection monitors unfulfilled sales orders, and tracks materials pending delivery and fulfillment rates. The reports in this area include summaries of backlog status by organization and material attributes, and a report identifying details on all orders in the backlog.

Page 159: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales and Delivery Service Analysis 7

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales and Delivery Service reports 133

Managers and others can use these reports to monitor the status of the backlog to ensure correct order fulfillment.

The reports in this subsection are

• Backlog Summary by Material

• Backlog and Fulfillment Rates by Organization

• List of Backlogged Sales Orders by Customer

Backlog Summary by Material

This report provides a summary of the current backlog, by material.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to monitor material backlogs, to identify materials with a higher number of backlogs, and to track fulfillment rates.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: This report displays those sales orders with a status of Open (Pending Delivery). The report includes an embedded filter named Open Status (Sales Document).

Page 160: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales and Delivery Service Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference7

134 Sales and Delivery Service reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

• Drill path: You can drill to sales order detail to identify backlogged sales orders by material.

• Other options:

� You can create a similar report by analyzing backlog quantities at other Material levels such as product hierarchy or material division.

� You can add a prompt to limit the material analyzed by selecting a product hierarchy level or a group of materials.

Backlog and Fulfillment Rates by Organization

This report displays backlog and fulfillment rates by selected organizational units, such as sales office or distribution channel.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers can use this report to identify backlogs based on organizational units, and to analyze fulfillment rates.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select one or more organizational units to be displayed in the report.

� The report displays those sales orders that have a status of Open (Pending Delivery). The report includes an embedded filter named Open Status (Sales Document).

Page 161: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales and Delivery Service Analysis 7

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales and Delivery Service reports 135

• Drill path:

� You can drill to other Organization, Material, or Customer attributes.

� You can drill to transaction details to identify backlogged orders.

• Other options: A similar report can be created analyzing fulfillment rates by Material attributes such as material division, product hierarchy, or material.

List of Backlogged Sales Orders by Customer

This report displays a list of all existing backlogged sales orders for a selected customer.

Usage scenarios

Salespeople can use this report to identify any unfilled orders for a specific customer or group of customers.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification:

� You can limit the list of backlogged sales orders by selecting one or more customers at report run time.

� The report displays those sales orders that have a status of Open (Pending Delivery). The report includes an embedded filter named Open Status (Sales Document).

• Drill path: This report displays data at the lowest level possible, so no drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add additional metrics such as Quantity Delivered, Fulfillment Rate, and so on.

Page 162: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales and Delivery Service Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference7

136 Sales and Delivery Service reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Delivery Service reports

This analysis subsection focuses on the quality of the delivery process, identifying the volumes of incorrect and late deliveries. The reports in this area include summaries of delivery service quality by organization, material, and shipping point attributes; a report identifying details of those deliveries with incorrect quantities; and a report comparing the sales activity to the delivery activity, that evaluates the company’s capacity to fulfill orders.

Managers can use these reports to evaluate the quality of delivery service. Analysts can use the reports to identify issues and patterns explaining service quality.

The reports in this subsection are:

• Outbound Delivery Service Summary by Shipping Point

• Outbound Delivery Service Quality by Organization

• Incorrect Deliveries Summary by Material and Shipping Point

• List of Incorrectly Delivered Items by Quarter and Customer

• Delivered vs. Ordered Quantity by Sales Organization

Outbound Delivery Service Summary by

Shipping Point

This report displays a summary of the quality of delivery service by identifying late and incorrect deliveries.

Usage scenarios

Service managers can use this report to identify which shipping points provide better delivery service, and to measure late and incorrect deliveries and see the percentage compared to the total number of deliveries.

Page 163: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales and Delivery Service Analysis 7

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales and Delivery Service reports 137

Report layout and display

The page-by Quarter option summarizes data for the selected quarter.

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report includes only those completed outbound deliveries that were created during the selected year.

� This report includes two embedded filters named Complete Status (Delivery Document) and Outbound Deliveries.

• Drill path: You can drill to Month or Material attributes to display the breakdown.

• Other options: You can add some time trend metrics to compare performance to the previous month, such as % Change Items with Incorrect Quantity.

Page 164: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales and Delivery Service Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference7

138 Sales and Delivery Service reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Outbound Delivery Service Quality by

Organization

This report displays measurements for deliveries with some service quality issue, such as incorrect quantity or late delivery, and determines the effect on quality (the weight) compared to overall delivery service.

Usage scenarios

Service managers and sales managers can use this report to identify those organizational units with a greater number of incorrect and late deliveries.

Report layout and display

The page-by Quarter option summarizes the service quality issues for the selected quarter.

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select one or more organizational units to be displayed in the report.

� You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report includes only completed outbound deliveries that were created during the selected year.

Page 165: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales and Delivery Service Analysis 7

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales and Delivery Service reports 139

� This report includes two embedded filters named Complete Status (Delivery Document) and Outbound Deliveries.

• Drill path: You can drill to Month or Shipping Point.

• Other options: You can create a similar report by replacing the Organization prompt with a Material attributes prompt, to analyze service quality by material division, product hierarchy, and so on.

Incorrect Deliveries Summary by Material and

Shipping Point

This report displays a summary of incorrect material deliveries, based on shipping point.

Usage scenarios

Shipping point managers and product managers can use this report to identify which materials have a higher number of delivery issues, and to measure the effect on quality (the weight) of incorrect deliveries compared to the quantity delivered.

Page 166: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales and Delivery Service Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference7

140 Sales and Delivery Service reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report layout and display

The page-by Quarter option summarizes incorrect material deliveries for the selected quarter.

Page 167: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales and Delivery Service Analysis 7

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales and Delivery Service reports 141

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report includes those deliveries created during the selected year.

� This report includes two embedded filters, All Types of Outbound Deliveries and Complete Status (Delivery Document).

• Drill path: You can drill to Month.

• Other options:

� You can add a prompt to select a specific shipping point.

� You can replace Material with other Material attributes to summarize the report at the material division or product hierarchy level.

List of Incorrectly Delivered Items by Customer

This report displays a list of those delivered items that had incorrect delivery quantities, along with the name of the affected customer.

Usage scenarios

Service managers can use this report to track incorrect deliveries for a selected quarter. Actions can include identifying common patterns in incorrect deliveries, such as customers affected, materials involved, or shipping points responsible.

Report layout and display

Page 168: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales and Delivery Service Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference7

142 Sales and Delivery Service reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select a quarter to analyze. The report lists those delivery items that were created during the selected quarter, had a status of Complete, and had a confirmed quantity different from the delivered quantity.

� This report includes two embedded filters, named Complete Status (Delivery Document) and Set of Items – Incorrectly Delivered Quantities.

• Drill path: Because this report displays data at the lowest level possible, no drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add additional details to the report such as delivery dates or item creation date.

Delivered vs. Ordered Quantity by Sales

Organization

This report compares sales activity to delivery activity.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers and service managers can use this report to measure synchronization between sales and delivery activities by calculating the percentage between delivered quantity and ordered quantity:

• If the percentage is close to 100%, it indicates that the company delivers materials as soon as they are ordered.

• If the percentage is lower, sales are good but the company is not able to fulfill the demand in a timely fashion and a backlog is being created for future quarters.

• If the percentage is higher, the company is fulfilling old orders but new sales are decreasing.

Page 169: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales and Delivery Service Analysis 7

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales and Delivery Service reports 143

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report analyzes the quantity ordered in a quarter compared to the quantity delivered in the same quarter, although quantities may not refer to the same transactions.

• Drill path: You can drill to Month, to other organizational units, or to Material attributes.

• Other options: You can create a report to compare sales and delivery activities by material.

Page 170: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales and Delivery Service Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference7

144 Sales and Delivery Service reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Returns reports

This analysis area focuses on returns activity and identifies patterns based on material or shipping point.

The following information explains some returns details as they relate to the Returns analysis reports:

• A return transaction is processed when a customer complains about delivered materials, for example, due to poor quality or damage.

• The company can accept or reject a return.

• If a return is accepted, the company processes a number of transactions in the system, including a return delivery to return materials to the shipping location, a sales transaction to account for new material being shipped to replace returned ones, and a subsequent free-of-charge delivery to deliver replacement materials to the customer.

Managers can use the reports in this analysis area to monitor returns activity. Analysts can use the reports to identify trends explaining returns.

The reports in this subsection are

• Quarterly Returns Summary

• Quarterly Accepted Returns by Organization

• Quarterly Accepted Returns by Material

• List of Returns by Customer

• Quarterly Shipping Point Returns Delivery Activity

Page 171: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales and Delivery Service Analysis 7

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales and Delivery Service reports 145

Quarterly Returns Summary

This report displays a summary of the processing of returns over time.

Usage scenarios

Service managers can use this report to evaluate returns processing, and can use the data to compare the total number of returns, the number of rejected/accepted returns, and absolute amount values.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays those returns that were processed during the selected year.

• Drill path: You can drill down to a month.

• Other options: You can add organizational units or Material attributes to evaluate return processing by attributes such as material division, product hierarchy, sales office, and so on.

Page 172: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales and Delivery Service Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference7

146 Sales and Delivery Service reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Quarterly Accepted Returns by Organization

This report presents a summary of accepted returns, listed by organizational units, and compares accepted returns to sales orders.

Usage scenarios

Sales managers and service managers can use this report to identify which organizational units have a greater number of returns, and to see their return trends over time.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification:

� You are prompted to select one or more organizational units to be displayed in the report.

� You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays those returns that were processed and accepted during the year selected.

• Drill path: You can drill down to a month, or to other Organization attributes.

• Other options: You can add additional metrics to measure quarter-to-quarter trends.

Page 173: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales and Delivery Service Analysis 7

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales and Delivery Service reports 147

Quarterly Accepted Returns by Material

This report displays a summary of accepted returns for a given year, listed by material, and compares the returns to material sales.

Usage scenarios

Product managers can use this report to identify which materials have a higher number of returns, and to see their trends over time. Actions can include identifying quality issues with certain materials.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays those returns that were processed and accepted during the year selected.

• Drill path: You can drill to Month to display the breakdown.

• Other options: You can use Material attributes other than Material, and summarize returns activity at the material division or Product hierarchy levels.

Page 174: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales and Delivery Service Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference7

148 Sales and Delivery Service reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

List of Returns by Customer

This report displays returns, listed by customer.

Usage scenarios

Salespeople can use this report to track the return history for a given customer or group of customers, and can see the status of the return.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select one or more customers to analyze. The report displays only those returns corresponding to the customers selected.

• Drill path: Because this report displays data at the lowest level possible, no drill path is recommended.

• Other options: You can add additional details to the return, such as Reference Document. A reference document is a related, earlier document. For example, a quotation can lead to a sales order; the quotation becomes the reference document for the sales order document.

Page 175: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Sales and Delivery Service Analysis 7

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Sales and Delivery Service reports 149

Quarterly Shipping Point Returns Delivery

Activity

This report displays a summary of deliveries that originated from returns, and compares these deliveries to total outbound deliveries.

Usage scenarios

Service managers can use this report to identify shipping points with the highest number of returns that result in new deliveries, and can determine whether there are issues with the quality of delivery service.

Report layout and display

Report details

• Qualification: You are prompted to select a year to analyze. The report displays those returns and outbound deliveries that were processed during the selected year.

Page 176: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales and Delivery Service Analysis Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference7

150 Sales and Delivery Service reports © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

• Drill path: You can drill to Month or Material attributes to identify which materials are responsible for a greater percentage of return deliveries.

• Other options: You can add Material or Organization attributes to the report layout.

Page 177: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Metrics glossary 151

A

A.OBJECT GLOSSARIES

Introduction

This appendix presents glossaries for all the Sales and Distribution Analysis Module (SDAM) objects used in the SDAM reports. The glossaries include descriptions of the public objects (metrics, filters, and prompts) that comprise SDAM.

Metrics glossary

The following metrics or key performance indicators (KPIs) are used in SDAM. All the definitions can be found in the Public Objects\Metrics folder of the MicroStrategy project.

Metrics are organized based on the reporting areas in which they are used:

• Inquiry metrics

Page 178: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Object Glossaries Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceA

152 Metrics glossary © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

• Quotation metrics

• Sales Order metrics

• Delivery metrics

• Sales and Delivery Service metrics

An additional category, Base Formula metrics, contains basic calculations that the other metrics are based on.

Base Formula metrics

All metrics formulas are defined based on base formulas. In the SDAM project, base formulas are organized according to the fact type, that is, sales document facts or delivery document facts.

Sales Document base formulas

The following basic formulas define the base calculations used for sales document metrics.

Base Formula Formula

Sales Documents Calculates sales documents by counting the distinct sales documents existing

in the sales document fact table.

• Defined as Count<Distinct=True>([SALES_DOC_ID]) where

[SALES_DOC_ID] is a fact.

Sales Document Items Calculates the number of sales document items by counting the sales

document items existing in the sales document fact table.

• Defined as Count([SALES_DOC_ITEM_ID]) where

[SALES_DOC_ITEM_ID] is a fact.

Customers with Sales

Documents

Calculates customers with sales documents by counting the distinct

customers existing in the sales document fact table.

• Defined as Count<Distinct=True>([CUST_ID from Sales Doc Fact Table])

where [CUST_ID from Sales Doc Fact Table] is a fact.

Net Item Amount Calculates net amounts by aggregating net amount for each sales document

item.

• Defined as Sum([Net Item Amount]) where [Net Item Amount] is a fact.

• Not valid for inquiries because the fact does not apply to this type of sales

document.

Page 179: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Object Glossaries A

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Metrics glossary 153

Delivery Document base formulas

The following base formulas define the base calculations used for delivery document metrics.

Item Cost Calculates costs by aggregating the item cost for each sales document item.

• Defined as SUM([Item Cost]) where [Cost] is a fact.

• Not valid for inquiries because the fact does not apply to this type of sales

document.

Item Quantity (Base

Units)

Calculates quantities by aggregating the quantity for each sales document

item.

• Defined as SUM ([Quantity (Base Units)]) where [Quantity (Base Units)] is

a fact.

• Measured in material base units.

Net Item Price (Base

Units)

Calculates item net prices (measured based on material base units) by

calculating the average of fact “Net Price (Base Units),” where the fact is

calculated for each sales document item dividing the net amount of the items

by the item material quantity.

• Defined as AVG([Net Price (Base Units)]) where [Net Price (Base Units)]

is a fact.

• Not valid for inquiries because the fact does not apply to this type of sales

document.

Item Ordered Quantity

Delivered (Base Units)

Calculates delivered quantities by aggregating the quantity for each sales

document item.

• Defined as SUM([Ordered Quantity Delivered (Base Units)]) where

[Ordered Quantity Delivered (Base Units)] is a fact.

• Valid only for sales orders.

• Measured in material base units.

Backlog Item Quantity

(Base Units)

Calculates backlog quantities by aggregating the backlog quantity for each

sales document item.

• Defined as SUM([Backlog Quantity (Base Units)]) where [Backlog

Quantity (Base Units)] is a fact.

• Valid only for sales orders.

• Measured in material base units.

Backlog Net Item

Amount

Calculates backlog amounts by aggregating the backlog amount for each

sales document item.

• Defined as SUM([Backlog Net Item Amount]) where [Backlog Net Item

Amount] is a fact.

• Valid only for sales orders.

Base Formula Formula

Page 180: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Object Glossaries Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceA

154 Metrics glossary © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Base Formula Formula

Delivery Documents Calculates the number of delivery documents by counting distinct delivery

documents in the delivery fact table.

• Defined as Count<Distinct=True>([DELIV_DOC_ID]) where

[DELIV_DOC_ID] is a fact.

Delivery Document Items Calculates the number of delivery document items by counting delivery

documents items in the delivery fact table.

• Defined as COUNT ([DELIV_DOC_ITEM_ID]) where

[DELIV_DOC_ITEM_ID] is a fact.

Confirmed Delivery

Quantity (Base Units)

Calculates the confirmed delivery quantity by aggregating it for each delivery

document item.

• Defined as SUM ([Confirmed Delivery Quantity (Base Units)]) where

[Confirmed Delivery Quantity (Base Units)] is a fact.

• Measured in material base units.

Delivered Quantity (Base

Units)

Calculates the delivered quantity by aggregating it for each delivery

document item.

• Defined as SUM ([Delivered Quantity (Base Units)]) where [Delivered

Quantity (Base Units)] is a fact.

• Measured in material base units.

Average Transportation

Time (Days)

Calculates the average number of days required to transport materials from

the company’s shipping point to the customer site.

• Defined as AVG ([Difference between Delivery and Issue Date]) where

[Difference between Delivery and Issue Date] is a fact.

Average Total Delivery

Time (Days)

Calculates the average total delivery time from when materials are available

for delivery until they reach the customer site; includes processing times

required to pack, load, and transport goods.

• Defined as AVG ([Difference between Delivery and Material Availability

Date]) where [Difference between Delivery and Material Availability Date]

is a fact.

• Measured in days.

Average Shipping

Processing Time (Days)

Calculates the average time from when materials are available until they are

shipped; includes all the processing time required to pack and load goods.

• Defined as AVG ([Difference between Issue and Material Availability

Date]) where [Difference between Issue and Material Availability Date] is a

fact.

• Measured in days.

Average Packing Time

(Days)

Calculates the average packing time from when materials are available until

they are ready for loading.

• Defined as AVG ([Difference between Loading and Material Availability

Date]) where [Difference between Loading and Material Availability Date]

is a fact.

• Measured in days.

Page 181: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Object Glossaries A

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Metrics glossary 155

Inquiry metrics

This section lists all the metrics used to define Inquiry reports.

Average Loading Time

(Days)

Calculates the average time from the start of loading until the materials are

issued.

• Defined as AVG ([Difference between Issue and Loading Date]) where

[Difference between Issue and Loading Date] is a fact.

• Measured in days.

Average Delay between

Confirmed and Actual

Delivery Date (Days)

Calculates the average delay between dates when goods were confirmed to

arrive and the date when they actually arrive (in days).

• Defined as AVG ([Delay between Confirmed and Actual Delivery Date])

where [Delay between Confirmed and Actual Delivery Date] is a fact.

Average Delay between

Requested and

Confirmed Delivery Date

(Days)

Calculates the average delay between the date when the customer requested

to receive goods compared to the date when goods are confirmed for arrival.

• Defined as AVG ([Delay between Requested and Confirmed Delivery

Date]) where [Delay between Requested and Confirmed Delivery Date] is

a fact.

• Measured in days.

Average Delay between

Requested and Actual

Delivery Date (Days)

Calculates the average delay between the date when the customer requested

to receive goods and the actual date when goods arrived.

• Defined as AVG ([Delay between Requested and Actual Delivery Date])

where [Delay between Requested and Actual Delivery Date] is a fact.

Average Delay between

Planned and Issued Date

(Days)

Calculates the average delay between the date when goods are planned for

issue and they date they are actually issued (in days).

• Defined as AVG ([Delay between Planned and Issued Date]) where [Delay

between Planned and Issued Date] is a fact.

Base Formula Formula

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Inquiries Number of customer

inquiries

[Sales Documents] {~} <Inquiries>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Sales

Documents] and filter Inquiries

Inquiries Previous

Month

Same as Inquiries but

calculated for the month

prior to the one selected

[Sales Documents] {~} <Inquiries> | [Previous

Month] |

• Conditional-transformation metric with base

formula [Sales Documents], filter Inquiries and

transformation Previous Month

Page 182: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Object Glossaries Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceA

156 Metrics glossary © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

% Change Inquiries

vs. Previous Month

Inquiries generated one

month compared to the

previous month, and the

percentage change

(1.0001 * Inquiries) - ((1.0001 * [Inquiries

Previous Month]) / (1.0001 * [Inquiries Previous

Month])))

• Compound metric

Inquiry Items Number of items for an

inquiry

[Sales Document Items] {~} <Inquiries>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Sales

Document Items] and filter Inquiries

Inquiry Items

Previous Month

Same as Inquiry Items but

calculated for the month

prior to the one selected

[Sales Document Items] {~} <Inquiries> |

[Previous Month] |

• Conditional-transformation metric with base

formula [Sales Document Items], filter

Inquiries, and transformation Previous Month

% Change Inquiries

Items vs. Previous

Month

Inquiry items generated one

month compared to the

previous month, and the

percentage change

(((1.0001 * [Inquiry Items]) - (1.0001 * [Inquiry

Items Previous Month])) / (1.0001 * [Inquiry Items

Previous Month]))

• Compound metric

Average Number of

Items per Inquiry

Average number of items

per inquiry

([Sales Document Items] {~} <Inquiries> / [Sales

Documents] {~} <Inquiries>)

• Compound metric

Inquiries Quantity

(Base Units)

Quantity in sales units for an

inquiry item

[Item Quantity (Base Units)] {~} <Inquiries>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Item

Quantity (Base Units)] and filter Inquiries

Inquiries Quantity

(Base Units) Previous

Month

Same as Inquiries Quantity

(Base Units) but calculated

for the month prior to the one

selected

[Item Quantity (Base Units)] {~} <Inquiries> |

[Previous Month] |

• Conditional-transformation metric with base

formula [Item Quantity (Base Units)], filter

Inquiries, and transformation Previous Month

% Change Inquiry

Quantity vs. Previous

Month

Inquiry quantity for one

month compared to the

previous month, and the

percentage change

(((1.0001 * [Inquiries Quantity (Base Units)]) -

(1.0001 * [Inquiries Quantity (Base Units)

Previous Month])) / (1.0001 * [Inquiries Quantity

(Base Units) Previous Month]))

• Compound metric

Average Quantity per

Inquiry Item

Average quantity per inquiry

item

([Inquiries Quantity (Base Units)] / [Inquiry Items])

• Compound metric

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Page 183: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Object Glossaries A

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Metrics glossary 157

Quotation metrics

This section lists all the metrics used to define Quotation reports.

Inquiries (Total for All

Customer Regions)

Total number of inquiries for

all the customer regions

[Sales Documents] {~, [Customer Region]}

<Inquiries>

• Conditional-dimensional metric with base

formula [Sales Documents], filter Inquiries, and

metric level (dimensionality) of Report Level

(standard) and Customer Region (filtering

absolute, grouping none).

% Contribution to

Total Inquiries for All

Customer Regions

Weight of each customer

region on the total number of

inquiries for all regions.

Note: See the Contribution

metrics ported to a database

section below for modifying

metrics for different

databases.

((1.0001 * Inquiries) / (1.0001 * [Inquiries (Total

for All Customer Regions)]))

• Compound metric

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Quotations Number of quotations (sales

documents with type equal to

“Quotation”)

[Sales Documents] {~} <Quotations>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Sales

Documents] and filter Quotations

Quotations Previous

Month

Same as Quotations but

calculated for the month prior to

the one selected

[Sales Documents] {~} <Quotations> |

[Previous Month] |

• Conditional-transformation metric with

base formula [Sales Documents], filter

Quotations, and transformation Previous

Month

% Change

Quotations vs.

Previous Month

Quotations generated for a

month compared to the previous

month, and the percentage

change

(((1.0001 * Quotations) - (1.0001 * [Quotations

Previous Month])) / (1.0001 * [Quotations

Previous Month]))

• Compound metric

Quotation Items Number of items for a quotation [Sales Document Items] {~} <Quotations>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Sales

Document Items] and filter Quotations

Average Number of

Items per Quotation

Average number of items per

quotation

([Sales Document Items] {~} <Quotations> /

[Sales Documents] {~} <Quotations>)

• Compound metric

Page 184: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Object Glossaries Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceA

158 Metrics glossary © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Quotations from

Inquiries

Number of quotations that

originate from an inquiry

[Sales Documents] {~} <[Quotations from

Inquiries]>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Sales

Documents] and filter Quotations from

Inquiries

Quotations Not from

Inquiries

Number of quotations that do

not have an inquiry as a

preceding document

(Quotations - [Quotations from Inquiries])

• Compound metric

% Quotations from

Inquiries vs. Total

Quotations

Percentage of all quotations that

originate from inquiries

((1.0001 * [Quotations from Inquiries]) /

(1.0001 * Quotations))

• Compound metric

Conversion Rate

(Inquiry to Quotation)

Percentage of all inquiries that

are converted into quotations for

a given time period

((1.0001 * [Quotations from Inquiries]) /

(1.0001 * Inquiries))

• Compound metric

Quotations Items

from Inquiries

Number of quotation items that

originate from inquiries

[Sales Document Items] {~} <[Quotations from

Inquiries]>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Sales

Document Items] and filter Quotations from

Inquiries

Conversion Rate

Items (Inquiry to

Quotation)

Percentage of all inquiry items

that are converted into quotation

items for a given time period

((1.0001 * [Quotation Items from Inquiries]) /

(1.0001 * [Inquiry Items]))

• Compound metric

Quotations Quantity

(Base Units)

Quantity associated with a

quotation item

[Item Quantity (Base Units)] {~} <Quotations>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Item

Quantity (Base Units)] and filter Quotations

Average Quantity

(Base Units) per

Quotation Item

Average quantity per quotation

item

([Quotations Quantity (Base Units)] /

[Quotation Items])

• Compound metric

Net Quotation

Amount

Net amount for quotations [Net Item Amount] {~} <Quotations>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Net

Item Amount] and filter Quotations

Average Net Amount

per Quotation

Average net amount per

quotation

([Net Quotation Amount] / Quotations)

• Compound metric

Average Net Amount

per Quotation Item

Average net amount per

quotation item

([Net Quotation Amount] / [Quotation Items])

• Compound metric

Net Quotation

Amount Previous

Month

Same as Net Quotation Amount

but calculated for the month

prior to the one selected

[Net Item Amount] {~} <Quotations> |

[Previous Month] |

• Conditional-transformation metric with

base formula [Net Item Amount], filter

Quotations, and transformation Previous

Month

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Page 185: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Object Glossaries A

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Metrics glossary 159

% Change Net

Amount Quotations

vs. Previous Month

Net amount for one month

compared to the previous

month, and the percentage

change

(([Net Quotation Amount] - [Net Quotation

Amount Previous Month]) / [Net Quotation

Amount Previous Month])

• Compound metric

Net Quotation

Amount (Total for All

Distribution

Channels)

Net quotation amount

aggregated for all distribution

channels

[Net Item Amount] {~, [Distribution Channel]}

<Quotations>

• Conditional-dimensional metric with base

formula [Net Item Amount], filter

Quotations, and metric level

(dimensionality) of Report Level (standard)

and Distribution Channel (filtering absolute,

grouping none)

% Contribution to

Total Net Quotation

Amount for All

Distribution Channels

Net quotation amount compared

to the aggregated amount for all

the distribution channels.

Note: See the Contribution

metrics ported to a database

section below for modifying

metrics for different databases.

([Net Quotation Amount] / [Net Quotation

Amount (Total for All Distribution Channels)])

• Compound metric

Net Quotation

Amount (Total for

Product Hierarchy

Level 1)

Net quotation amount

aggregated for all elements of

Product Hierarchy Level 1 that

are children of a given Level 2

element

[Net Item Amount] {~, [Product Hierarchy

Level 1]*} <Quotations>

• Conditional-dimensional metric with base

formula [Net Item Amount], filter

Quotations, and metric level

(dimensionality) of Report Level (standard)

and Product Hierarchy Level 1 (filtering

absolute, grouping none)

% Contribution to

Product Level 1 Net

Quotation Amount

Net quotation amount compared

to the aggregated amount for all

elements of Product Hierarchy

Level 1 that are children of a

given Level 2 element.

Note: See the Contribution

metrics ported to a database

section below for modifying

metrics for different databases.

([Net Quotation Amount] / [Net Quotation

Amount (Total for Product Hierarchy Level 1)])

• Compound metric

Net Quotation

Amount (Total for

Product Hierarchy

Level 2)

Net quotation amount

aggregated for all elements in

level 2

[Net Item Amount] {~, [Product Hierarchy

Level 2]*} <Quotations>

• Conditional-dimensional metric with base

formula [Net Item Amount], filter

Quotations, and metric level

(dimensionality) of Report Level (standard)

and Product Hierarchy Level 2 (filtering

absolute, grouping none)

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Page 186: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Object Glossaries Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceA

160 Metrics glossary © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Sales Order metrics

This section lists all the metrics used to define Sales Order reports. This set of metrics is divided into the following subsections:

• Counts metrics

• Amounts and Quantities metrics

• Customer metrics

% Contribution to

Product Level 2 Net

Quotation Amount

Net quotation amount compared

to the aggregated amount for all

the elements in product level 2.

Note: See the Contribution

metrics ported to a database

section below for modifying

metrics for different databases.

([Net Quotation Amount] / [Net Quotation

Amount (Total for Product Hierarchy Level 2)])

• Compound metric

Rejected Quotation

Items

Number of quotation items with

an item status of “Rejected”

[Sales Document Items] {~} <[Rejected

Quotation Items]>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Sales

Document Items] and filter Rejected

Quotation Items

% Rejected Items vs.

Quotation Items

Percentage of rejected items

compared to the total number of

quotation items

((1.0001 * [Rejected Quotation Items]) /

(1.0001 * [Quotation Items]))

• Compound metric

Net Amount Rejected

Quotation Items

Net amount for those quotation

items that have been rejected

[Net Item Amount] {~} <[Rejected Quotation

Items]>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Net

Item Amount] and filter Rejected Quotation

Items

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Page 187: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Object Glossaries A

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Metrics glossary 161

Counts metrics

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Sales Orders Number of sales orders [Sales Documents] {~} <[Sales Orders]>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Sales

Documents] and filter Sales Orders

Sales Orders

Previous Month

Number of sales orders,

calculated for the month prior to

the one selected

[Sales Documents] {~} <[Sales Orders]> |

[Previous Month] |

• Conditional-transformation metric with base

formula [Sales Documents], filter Sales

Orders, and transformation Previous Month

% Change Sales

Orders vs. Previous

Month

Sales orders generated one

month compared to the

previous month, and the

percentage change

(((1.0001 * [Sales Orders]) - (1.0001 * [Sales

Orders Previous Month])) / (1.0001 * [Sales

Orders Previous Month])

• Compound metric

Sales Orders

Previous Quarter

Number of sales orders,

calculated for the quarter prior

to the one selected

[Sales Documents] {~} <[Sales Orders]> |

[Previous Quarter] |

• Conditional-transformation metric with base

formula [Sales Documents], filter Sales

Orders, and transformation Previous

Quarter

% Change Sales

Orders vs. Previous

Quarter

Sales orders generated one

quarter compared to the

previous quarter, and the

percentage change

(((1.0001 * [Sales Orders]) - (1.0001 * [Sales

Orders Previous Quarter])) / (1.0001 * [Sales

Orders Previous Quarter]))

• Compound metric

Sales Orders from

Quotations

Number of sales orders

generated from a quotation

[Sales Documents] {~} <[Sales Orders from

Quotations]>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Sales

Documents] and filter Sales Orders from

Quotations

Sales Orders Not

from Quotations

Number of sales orders that do

not have a quotation as the

preceding document

([Sales Orders] - [Sales Orders from

Quotations])

• Compound metric

Conversion Rate

(Quotation to Sales

Order)

Percentage of all quotations

that are converted into sales

orders for a given time period

([Sales Orders from Quotations] / Quotations)

• Compound metric

% Sales Orders from

Quotations vs. Total

Sales Orders

Percentage of sales orders from

quotations compared to all

sales orders

((1.0001 * [Sales Orders from Quotations]) /

(1.0001 * [Sales Orders]))

• Compound metric

Sales Order Items Number of sales order items [Sales Document Items] {~} <[Sales Orders]>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Sales

Document Items] and filter Sales Orders

Page 188: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Object Glossaries Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceA

162 Metrics glossary © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Amounts and Quantities metrics

Sales Order Items

Previous Month

Number of sales order items,

calculated for the month prior to

the one selected

[Sales Document Items] {~} <[Sales Orders]> |

[Previous Month] |

• Conditional-transformation metric with base

formula [Sales Document Items], filter Sales

Orders and transformation Previous Month

% Change Sales

Order Items vs.

Previous Month

Sales orders items generated

one month compared to the

previous month, and the

percentage change

(((1.0001 * [Sales Order Items]) - (1.0001 *

[Sales Order Items Previous Month])) / (1.0001

* [Sales Order Items Previous Month]))

• Compound metric

Sales Order Items

from Quotations

Number of sales order items

generated from a quotation item

[Sales Document Items] {~} <[Sales Orders

from Quotations]>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Sales

Document Items] and filter Sales Orders

from Quotations

Conversion Rate

Items (Quotation to

Sales Order)

Percentage of all quotation

items that are converted into

sales order items for a given

time period

((1.0001 * [Sales Order Items from Quotations])

/ (1.0001 * [Quotation Items]))

• Compound metric

Average Number of

Items per Sales

Order

Average number of sales order

items per sales order

([Sales Document Items] {~} <[Sales Orders]> /

[Sales Documents] {~} <[Sales Orders]>)

• Compound metric

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Sales Orders

Quantity (Base Units)

Sales order quantity measured

in base units

[Item Quantity (Base Units)] {~} <[Sales

Orders]>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Sales

Documents] and filter Sales Orders

Average Quantity per

Sales Order Item

Average quantity per sales

order item

([Sales Orders Quantity (Base Units)] / [Sales

Order Items])

• Compound metric

Net Price Sales

Orders (Base Units)

Average net unit price (based

on base units); calculated in the

database for each sales order

item as the net item amount

divided by the item quantity and

then aggregated using average

[Net Item Price (Base Units)] {~} <[Sales

Orders]>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Net

Item Price (Base Units)] and filter Sales

Orders

Page 189: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Object Glossaries A

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Metrics glossary 163

Net Price Sales

Orders (Base Units)

Previous Month

Same as Net Price Sales

Orders (Base Units) but

calculated for the month prior to

the one selected

[Net Item Price (Base Units)] {~} <[Sales

Orders]> | [Previous Month] |

• Conditional-transformation metric with base

formula [Net Item Price (Base Units)], filter

Sales Orders, and transformation Previous

Month

% Change Net Price

vs. Previous Month

Sales orders net price for one

month compared to the

previous month, and the

percentage change

(([Net Price Sales Orders (Base Units)] - [Net

Price Sales Orders (Base Units) Previous

Month]) / [Net Price Sales Orders (Base Units)

Previous Month])

• Compound metric

Net Sales Order

Amount

Net amount for sales orders [Net Item Amount] {~} <[Sales Orders]>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Net

Item Amount] and filter Sales Orders

Net Sales Order

Amount Previous

Month

Net amount for sales orders but

calculated for the month prior to

the one selected

[Net Item Amount] {~} <[Sales Orders]> |

[Previous Month] |

• Conditional-transformation metric with base

formula [Net Item Amount], filter Sales

Orders, and transformation Previous Month

% Change Net Sales

Order Amount vs.

Previous Month

Sales orders net amount for one

month compared to the

previous month, and the

percentage change

(([Net Sales Order Amount] - [Net Sales Order

Amount Previous Month]) / [Net Sales Order

Amount Previous Month])

• Compound metric

Net Sales Order

Amount Previous

Quarter

Net amount for sales orders but

calculated for the quarter prior

to the one selected

[Net Item Amount] {~} <[Sales Orders]> |

[Previous Quarter] |

• Conditional-transformation metric with base

formula [Net Item Amount], filter Sales

Orders and transformation Previous Quarter

% Change Net Sales

Order Amount vs.

Previous Quarter

Sales orders net amount for one

quarter compared to the

previous quarter, and the

percentage change

(([Net Sales Order Amount] - [Net Sales Order

Amount Previous Quarter]) / [Net Sales Order

Amount Previous Quarter])

• Compound metric

Average Net Amount

per Sales Order

Average net amount per sales

order

([Net Sales Order Amount] / [Sales Orders])

• Compound metric

Average Net Amount

per Sales Order

Previous Month

Average net amount per sales

order, calculated for the month

prior to the one selected

([Net Sales Order Amount Previous Month] /

[Sales Orders Previous Month])

• Compound metric

% Change Average

Net Sales Order

Amount vs. Previous

Month

Average net amount per sales

order for one month compared

to the previous month, and the

percentage change

(([Average Net Amount per Sales Order] -

[Average Net Amount per Sales Order Previous

Month]) / [Average Net Amount per Sales

Order Previous Month])

• Compound metric

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Page 190: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Object Glossaries Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceA

164 Metrics glossary © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Average Net Amount

per Sales Order Item

Average net amount per sales

order item

([Net Sales Order Amount] / [Sales Order

Items])

• Compound metric

Net Sales Order

Amount from

Quotations

Net amount for those sales

orders that have a quotation as

the preceding document

[Net Item Amount] {~} <[Sales Orders from

Quotations]>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Net

Item Amount] and filter Sales Orders from

Quotations

Conversion Rate Net

Amount (Quotation to

Sales Order)

Percentage of all quotation

amounts that are converted into

sales order amounts for a given

time period

([Net Sales Order Amount from Quotations] /

[Net Quotation Amount])

• Compound metric

Net Sales Order

Amount (Total for All

Material Divisions)

Net amount summarized for all

material divisions

[Net Item Amount] {~, ![Material Division]*}

<[Sales Orders]>

• Conditional-dimensional metric with base

formula [Net Item Amount], filter Sales

Orders, and metric level (dimensionality) of

Report Level (standard) and Material

Division (filtering absolute, grouping none)

% Contribution to

Total Net Sales

Order Amount for All

Material Divisions

Contribution of each material

division to the overall net

amount of all material divisions.

Note: See the Contribution

metrics ported to a database

section below for modifying

metrics for different databases.

([Net Sales Order Amount] / [Net Sales Order

Amount (Total for All Material Divisions)])

• Compound metric

Net Sales Order

Amount (Total for

Sales Office)

Net amount summarized for all

sales offices

[Net Item Amount] {Month, [Sales Office]}

<[Sales Orders]>

• Conditional-dimensional metric with base

formula [Net Item Amount], filter Sales

Orders, and metric level (dimensionality) of

Month (standard) and Sales Office

(standard)

% Contribution to

Sales Office Net

Sales Order Amount

Contribution of each sales office

to the overall net amount of all

sales offices.

Note: See the Contribution

metrics ported to a database

section below for modifying

metrics for different databases.

([Net Sales Order Amount] / [Net Sales Order

Amount (Total for Sales Office)])

• Compound metric

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Page 191: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Object Glossaries A

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Metrics glossary 165

Net Sales Order

Amount (Total for

Sales Office)

Previous Month

Net amount summarized for all

sales offices, calculated for the

month prior to the one selected

[Net Item Amount] {Month, [Sales Office]}

<[Sales Orders]> | [Previous Month] |

• Conditional-transformation-dimensional

metric with base formula [Net Item Amount],

filter Sales Orders, transformation Previous

Month, and metric level (dimensionality) of

Month (standard) and Sales Office

(standard)

% Contribution to

Sales Office Net

Sales Order Amount

Previous Month

Contribution of each sales office

to the overall net amount of all

sales offices, calculated for the

month prior to the one selected.

Note: See the Contribution

metrics ported to a database

section below for modifying

metrics for different databases.

([Net Sales Order Amount Previous Month] /

[Net Sales Order Amount (Total for Sales

Office) Previous Month])

• Compound metric

Contribution Monthly

Trend

Sales office contributions

compared month to month.

Note: See the Contribution

metrics ported to a database

section below for modifying

metrics for different databases.

(([% Contribution to Sales Office Net Sales

Order Amount] - [% Contribution to Sales Office

Net Sales Order Amount Previous Month]) / [%

Contribution to Sales Office Net Sales Order

Amount Previous Month])

Cost Sales Orders Cost associated with sales

orders

[Item Cost] {~} <[Sales Orders]>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Item

Cost] and filter Sales Orders

Cost Sales Orders

Previous Month

Cost associated with sales

orders, calculated for the month

prior to the one selected

[Item Cost] {~} <[Sales Orders]> | [Previous

Month] |

• Conditional-transformation metric with base

formula [Item Cost], filter Sales Orders, and

transformation Previous Month

Net Margin Sales

Orders

Net margin associated with

sales order

([Net Sales Order Amount] - [Cost Sales

Orders])

• Compound metric

% Net Margin Sales

Orders

Net margin percentage

calculated by dividing net

margin by cost sales orders

(([Net Sales Order Amount] - [Cost Sales

Orders]) / [Net Sales Order Amount])

• Compound metric

% Net Margin Sales

Orders Previous

Month

Same as % Net Margin Sales

Orders but calculated for the

month prior to the one selected

(([Net Sales Order Amount Previous Month] -

[Cost Sales Orders Previous Month]) / [Net

Sales Order Amount Previous Month])

• Compound metric

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Page 192: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Object Glossaries Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceA

166 Metrics glossary © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Customer metrics

% Change Net

Margin vs. Previous

Month

Percentage margin compared

month to month

(([% Net Margin Sales Orders] - [% Net Margin

Sales Orders Previous Month]) / [% Net Margin

Sales Orders Previous Month])

• Compound metric

Average Net Margin

per Sales Order

Average margin (absolute

values) by sales order

([Net Margin Sales Orders] / [Sales Orders])

• Compound metric

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Customers with

Sales Orders

Number of customers with sales

orders for a given time period

[Customers with Sales Documents] {~} <[Sales

Orders]>

• Conditional metric with base formula

[Customers with Sales Documents] and

filter Sales Orders

Customers with

Sales Orders Two

Quarters

Number of customers that had

sales orders during two

consecutive quarters

[Customers with Sales Documents] {~} <[Set of

Customers with Sales in two consecutive

quarters]>

• Conditional metric with base formula

[Customers with Sales Documents] and

filter Set of customers with sales in two

consecutive quarters

% Customers with

Sales Orders Two

Quarters

Percentage of customers with

sales orders that also had sales

orders the previous quarter

([Customers with Sales Orders two Quarters] /

[Customers with Sales Orders])

• Compound metric

Registered

Customers

Number of customers in the

table L_CUSTOMER (this

metric does not consider when

they become customers)

Count(Customer) {~}

% Customers with

Sales Orders vs.

Registered

Customers

Percentage of customers that

had sales orders compared to

the entire customer base

([Customers with Sales Orders] / [Registered

Customers])

• Compound metric

Net Sales Order

Amount from

Customers with

Sales Orders Two

Quarters

Sales amounts from customers

with sales in two consecutive

quarters

[Net Item Amount] {~} <[Sales Orders from Set

of Customers with Sales in two consecutive

quarters]>

• Conditional metric with base formula [Net

Item Amount] and filter Sales orders from

set of customers with sales in two

consecutive quarters

Page 193: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Object Glossaries A

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Metrics glossary 167

Delivery metrics

This section lists all the metrics used to define Delivery reports.

% Net Amount from

Customers with

Sales Orders Two

Quarters

Percentage representing the

net amount from customers with

sales in two consecutive

quarters compared to total

sales in the quarter

([Net Sales Order Amount from Customers with

Sales Orders two Quarters] / [Net Sales Order

Amount])

• Compound metric

Average Number of

Orders per Customer

Average number of orders for

those customers with sales

orders

([Sales Orders] / [Customers with Sales

Orders])

• Compound metric

Average Net Sales

Order Amount per

Customer

Average net amount for those

customers with sales orders

([Net Sales Order Amount] / [Customers with

Sales Orders])

• Compound metric

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Outbound Deliveries Number of outbound

deliveries

[Delivery Documents] {~} <[Outbound

Deliveries]>

• Conditional metric with base formula

[Delivery Documents] and filter Outbound

Deliveries

Outbound Deliveries

Previous Month

Same as Outbound

Deliveries but calculated for

the month prior to the one

selected

[Delivery Documents] {~} <[Outbound

Deliveries]> | [Previous Month] |

• Conditional-transformation metric with

base formula [Delivery Documents], filter

Outbound Deliveries, and transformation

Previous Month

% Change Outbound

Deliveries vs. Previous

Month

Number of outbound

deliveries month to month

(([Outbound Deliveries] - [Outbound

Deliveries Previous Month]) / [Outbound

Deliveries Previous Month])

• Compound metric

Outbound Delivery Items Number of outbound delivery

items

[Delivery Document Items] {~} <[Outbound

Deliveries]>

• Conditional metric with base formula

[Delivery Document Items] and filter

Outbound Deliveries

Page 194: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Object Glossaries Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceA

168 Metrics glossary © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Average Delay

Confirmed to Actual

Delivery for Outbound

Deliveries (Days)

Average delay for outbound

deliveries between the

confirmed date for delivery

and the actual date when

goods arrive at the customer

site (measured in days)

[Average Delay between Confirmed and

Actual Delivery Date (Days)] {~} <[Outbound

Deliveries]>

• Conditional metric with base formula

[Average Delay between Confirmed and

Actual Delivery date (days)] and filter

Outbound Deliveries

Average Delay Planned

to Actual Goods Issue for

Outbound Deliveries

(Days)

Average delay for outbound

deliveries between the date

when goods are planned for

issue and the actual issue

date (in days)

[Average Delay between Planned and Issue

Date (Days)] {~} <[Outbound Deliveries]>

• Conditional metric with base formula

[Average Delay between Planned and

Actual Issue Date (days)] and filter

Outbound Deliveries

Average Delay

Requested to Actual

Delivery for Outbound

Deliveries (Days)

Average delay for outbound

deliveries between the

requested day for delivery

and the actual delivery date

(in days)

[Average Delay between Requested and

Actual Delivery Date (Days)] {~} <[Outbound

Deliveries]>

• Conditional metric with base formula

[Average Delay between Requested and

Actual Delivery Date (days)] and filter

Outbound Deliveries

Average Delay

Requested to Confirmed

Delivery for Outbound

Deliveries (Days)

Average delay for outbound

deliveries between the

requested date and the date

when goods are confirmed for

arrival (measured in days)

[Average Delay between Requested and

Confirmed Delivery Date (Days)] {~}

<[Outbound Deliveries]>

• Conditional metric with base formula

[Average Delay between Requested and

Confirmed Delivery Date (days)] and filter

Outbound Deliveries

Average Loading Time

for Outbound Deliveries

(Days)

Average time from when

materials are packaged until

they are issued (measured in

days)

[Average Loading Time (Days)] {~}

<[Outbound Deliveries]>

• Conditional metric with base formula

[Average Loading Time (Days)] and filter

Outbound Deliveries

Average Shipping

Processing Time for

Outbound Deliveries

(Days)

Average time from when

materials are available until

they are issued (measured in

days)

[Average Shipping Processing Time (Days)]

{~} <[Outbound Deliveries]>

• Conditional metric with base formula

[Average Shipping Processing Time

(Days)] and filter Outbound Deliveries

Average Transportation

Time for Outbound

Deliveries (Days)

Average time from when

materials are issued until they

reach the customer site

(measured in days)

[Average Transportation Time (Days)] {~}

<[Outbound Deliveries]>

• Conditional metric with base formula

[Average Transportation Time (Days)] and

filter Outbound Deliveries

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Page 195: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Object Glossaries A

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Metrics glossary 169

Average Total Delivery

Time for Outbound

Deliveries (Days)

Total delivery time from when

materials are available until

they reach the customer site

(measured in days)

[Average Total Delivery Time (Days)] {~}

<[Outbound Deliveries]>

• Conditional metric with base formula

[Average Total Delivery Time (Days)] and

filter Outbound Deliveries

Average Total Delivery

Time for Outbound

Deliveries Previous

Month (Days)

Same as Average Total

Delivery Time for Outbound

Deliveries (Days) but

calculated for the month prior

to the one selected

[Average Total Delivery Time (Days)] {~}

<[Outbound Deliveries]> | [Previous Month] |

• Conditional-transformation metric with

base formula [Average Total Delivery

Time (Days)], filter Outbound Deliveries,

and transformation Previous Month

% Change Total Delivery

Time (Outbound

Deliveries) vs. Previous

Month

Number of outbound

deliveries month to month

(([Average Total Delivery Time for Outbound

Deliveries (Days)] - [Average Total Delivery

Time for Outbound Deliveries Previous Month

(Days)]) / [Average Total Delivery Time for

Outbound Deliveries Previous Month (Days)])

• Compound metric

Delivered Quantity (Base

Units) for Outbound

Deliveries

Delivered quantity for

outbound deliveries

(measured in material base

units)

[Delivered Quantity (Base Units)] {~}

<[Outbound Deliveries]>

• Conditional metric with base formula

[Delivered Quantity (Base Units)] and filter

Outbound Deliveries

Delivered Quantity (Base

Units) for Outbound

Deliveries (Total for

Material)

Total outbound delivery

quantity for a specific material

[Delivered Quantity (Base Units)] {Material,

Quarter} <[Outbound Deliveries]>

• Conditional-dimensional metric with base

formula [Delivered Quantity (Base Units)],

filter Outbound Deliveries, and hierarchy

Material

% Contribution to

Material Outbound

Delivery Quantities

Material’s contribution to total

quantities delivered.

Note: See the Contribution

metrics ported to a database

section below for modifying

metrics for different

databases.

([Delivered Quantity (Base Units) for

Outbound Deliveries] / [Delivered Quantity

(Base Units) for Outbound Deliveries (Total

for Material)])

• Compound metric

Average Delivered

Quantity per Outbound

Delivery Item

Average quantity delivered

per outbound delivery item

([Delivered Quantity (Base Units) for

Outbound Deliveries] / [Outbound Delivery

Items])

• Compound metric

Confirmed Delivery

Quantity (Base Units) for

Outbound Deliveries

Confirmed delivery quantity

for outbound deliveries

(measured in material base

units)

[Confirmed Delivery Quantity (Base Units)]

{~} <[Outbound Deliveries]>

• Conditional metric with base formula

[Confirmed Delivery Quantity (Base

Units)] and filter Outbound Deliveries

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Page 196: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Object Glossaries Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceA

170 Metrics glossary © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Sales and Delivery Service metrics

This section lists all the metrics used to define Sales and Delivery Service reports.

Delivered Quantity (Base

Units)

Quantity delivered; generic

for all types of delivery

documents

[Delivered Quantity (Base Units)] {~}

Confirmed Delivery

Quantity (Base Units)

Confirmed quantity delivered;

generic for all types of

delivery documents

[Confirmed Delivery Quantity (Base Units)]

{~}

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Delivery Items Number of delivery items for any type

of delivery document

[Delivery Document Items] {~}

Delivery Items (with

Correct Quantity

Delivered)

Number of delivery items for any type

of delivery document where delivery

and confirmed quantity is equal

[Delivery Document Items] {~} <[Set

of Items - Correctly Delivered

Quantities]>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Delivery Document Items]

and filter Set of Items - Correctly

Delivered Quantities

Delivery Items (with

Incorrect Quantity

Delivered)

Number of delivery items for any type

of delivery document where delivery

and confirmed quantity is different

[Delivery Document Items] {~} <[Set

of Items - Incorrectly Delivered

Quantities]>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Delivery Document Items]

and filter Set of Items - Incorrectly

Delivered Quantities

% Delivery Items with

Incorrect Quantity

Delivered vs.Total

Percentage of delivery items with

incorrect quantity compared to the

total number of delivery items

((1.0001 * [Delivery Items (with

Incorrect Quantity Delivered)]) /

((1.0001 * [Delivery Items (with

Correct Quantity Delivered)]) +

(1.0001 * [Delivery Items (with

Incorrect Quantity Delivered)])))

• Compound metric

Page 197: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Object Glossaries A

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Metrics glossary 171

Delivery Items (Delivered

On Time)

Number of delivery items for any type

of delivery document where items

were delivered on the confirmed

delivery date

[Delivery Document Items] {~} <[Set

of Items - Delivered On Time]>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Delivery Document Items]

and filter Set of Items - Delivered

On Time

Delivery Items (Delivered

Late)

Number of delivery items for any type

of delivery document where items

were delivered later than the

confirmed delivery date

[Delivery Document Items] {~} <[Set

of Items - Delivered Late]>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Delivery Document Items]

and filter Set of Items - Delivered

Late

% Delivery Items

Delivered Late vs.Total

Percentage of the total delivery items

that were delivered late

([Delivery Items (Delivered Late)] /

[Delivery Items])

• Compound metric

Difference Confirmed to

Delivery Quantity

Difference between confirmed

delivery quantity and actual delivery

quantity

([Confirmed Delivery Quantity (Base

Units)] {~} - [Delivered Quantity

(Base Units)] {~} )

• Compound metric

Returns Number of sales documents of type

“returns”

[Sales Documents] {~} <Returns>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Sales Documents] and

filter Returns

Return Items Number of sales document items of

type “returns”

[Sales Document Items] {~}

<Returns>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Sales Document Items]

and filter Returns

Rejected Return Items Number of sales document items of

type Returns and with an item status

of Rejected

[Sales Document Items] {~}

<[Rejected Return Items]>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Sales Documents] and

filter Rejected Return Items

Accepted Return Items Number of sales document items of

type Returns and with an item status

of Complete

[Sales Document Items] {~}

<[Accepted Return Items]>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Sales Documents] and

filter Accepted Return Items

% Accepted Return

Items vs. Total Return

Items

Percentage of total return items that

have been accepted

(((1.0001 * [Return Items]) - (1.0001 *

[Rejected Return Items])) / (1.0001 *

[Return Items]))

• Compound metric

% Accepted Return

Items vs. Total Sales

Order Items

Percentage of accepted return items

compared to the total number of sales

order items

((1.0001 * [Accepted Return Items]) /

(1.0001 * [Sales Order Items]))

• Compound metric

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Page 198: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Object Glossaries Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceA

172 Metrics glossary © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Accepted Returns

Quantity (Base Units)

Quantity of accepted returns [Item Quantity (Base Units)] {~}

<[Accepted Return Items]>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Item Quantity (Base Unit)]

and filter Accepted Return Items

Return Deliveries Number of delivery documents of

type Return Deliveries

[Delivery Documents] {~} <[Return

Deliveries]>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Delivery Documents] and

filter Return Deliveries

% Return Deliveries vs.

Outbound Deliveries

Total number of outbound deliveries

compared to return deliveries

((1.0001 * [Return Deliveries]) /

(1.0001 * [Outbound Deliveries]))

• Compound metric

Delivered Quantity (Base

Units) for Return

Deliveries

Delivered quantity for delivery

documents of type Return Deliveries

[Delivered Quantity (Base Units)] {~}

<[Return Deliveries]>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Delivered Quantity (Base

Units)] and filter Return Deliveries

% Quantity for Return

Deliveries vs. Total for

Outbound Deliveries

Quantity of return deliveries

compared to the quantity of outbound

deliveries

([Delivered Quantity (Base Units) for

Return Deliveries] / [Delivered

Quantity (Base Units) for Outbound

Deliveries])

• Compound metric

Net Return Amount Net amount for sales documents of

type Returns

[Net Item Amount] {~} <Returns>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Net Item Amount] and

filter Returns

Net Amount Rejected

Return Items

Net amount for all return items with a

status of Rejected

[Net Item Amount] {~} <[Rejected

Return Items]>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Net Item Amount] and

filter Reject Return Items

Net Amount Accepted

Return Items

Net amount for all return items that

were accepted

[Net Item Amount] {~} <[Accepted

Return Items]>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Net Item Amount] and

filter Accepted Return Items

% Accepted Net Return

Amount vs. Net Sales

Order Amount

Net amount of returns compared to

the net amount of sales orders

([Net Amount Accepted Return Items]

/ [Net Sales Order Amount])

• Compound metric

% Quantity for Outbound

Deliveries vs. Quantity

Sales Orders

Quantity delivered in one period of

time compared to the quantity sold in

the same period

([Delivered Quantity (Base Units) for

Outbound Deliveries] / [Sales Orders

Quantity (Base Units)])

• Compound metric

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Page 199: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Object Glossaries A

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Metrics glossary 173

Contribution metrics ported to a database

Contribution metrics are handled differently in different databases, due to the way integers are truncated. If you port SDAM to a supported SQL Server, DB2, or Teradata database, modify all contribution metrics by multiplying and dividing by 1.1, as shown in the following examples:

• Modify the definition of % Contribution to Product Level 1 Net Quotation Amount to ((1.1 * [Net Quotation Amount]) / (1.1 * [Net Quotation Amount (Total for Product Hierarchy Level 1)]))

Order Quantity Delivered

(Base Units)

Sold quantity that has already been

delivered

[Item Ordered Quantity Delivered

(Base Units)] {~} <[Sales Orders]>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Item Ordered Quantity

Delivered] and filter Sales Orders

Backlog Quantity (Base

Units)

Quantity pending delivery for sales

orders

[Backlog Item Quantity (Base Units)]

{~} <[Sales Orders]>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Backlog Item Quantity

(Base Units)] and filter Sales

Orders

Fulfillment Rate

(Quantity)

Proportion of quantities that have

already been delivered, for those

sales orders with some pending

delivery

([Order Quantity Delivered (Base

Units)] / [Sales Orders Quantity (Base

Units)])

• Compound metric

% Backlog vs. Ordered

Quantity

Backlog quantities of sales orders

with pending deliveries compared to

the ordered quantities

([Backlog Quantity (Base Units)] /

[Sales Orders Quantity (Base Units)])

• Compound metric

Backlog Net Amount Net amount of the quantities pending

delivery for sales orders

[Backlog Net Item Amount] {~}

<[Sales Orders]>

• Conditional metric with base

formula [Backlog Net Item

Amount] and filter Sales Orders

Fulfillment Rate (Net

Amount)

Fulfillment rate based on the net

amount of backlog quantities, for

those sales orders with some

pending delivery

(1 - ([Backlog Net Amount] / [Net

Sales Order Amount]))

• Compound metric

Metric/KPI Description Formula

Page 200: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Object Glossaries Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceA

174 Filters glossary © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

• Modify the definition of % Contribution to Product Level 2 Net Quotation Amount to ((1.1 * [Net Quotation Amount]) / (1.1 * [Net Quotation Amount (Total for Product Hierarchy Level 2)]))

Filters glossary

This section lists all the filters used in SDAM.

All filter definitions are located in the Public Objects\Filters folder in the MicroStrategy project. Filters are organized into the following two subfolders in the MicroStrategy project. These divisions are reflected in the tables in the following sections:

• Filters for conditional metrics

• Filters embedded in reports

� All the qualifications in specific attribute values are based on the values in SDAM’s default data warehouse. For example, Sales Document Status = Open or Delivery Document Status = Complete. If these values are different in a production environment, the qualification must be updated in each of the filters.

Filters for conditional metrics

The following table lists all the filters used to define the conditional metrics in the previous Metrics glossary tables.

Filter Description

Inquiries Identifies sales documents of type Inquiry.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Sales Document Type = Inquiry.

• Used on conditional metrics.

Quotations Identifies sales documents of type Quotation.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Sales Document Type = Quotation.

• Used on conditional metrics.

Page 201: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Object Glossaries A

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Filters glossary 175

Reference

Doc. Type =

Inquiry

Identifies sales documents with a reference document of type Inquiry.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Reference Document Type = Inquiry.

• Used as an embedded filter to define a filter for a conditional metric.

Quotations

from Inquiries

Identifies sales documents of type Quotation and with a reference document of type

Inquiry.

• Defined based on two other filters: Quotations and Reference Doc. Type = Inquiry.

• Used on conditional metrics.

Rejected

Quotation

Items

Identifies sales document items of type Quotation with an item status of Rejected.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Sales Document Type = Quotation and Sales

Document Item Status = Rejected.

• Used on conditional metrics.

Sales Orders Identifies sales documents of type Standard Sales Order.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Sales Document Type = Standard Sales Order.

• Used on conditional metrics.

Reference

Doc. Type =

Quotation

Identifies sales documents with a reference document of type Quotation.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Reference Document Type = Quotation.

• Used as an embedded filter to define a filter for a conditional metric.

Sales Orders

from

Quotations

Identifies those sales documents of type Standard Sales Order with a reference

document of type Quotations.

• Defined based on two other filters: Sales Orders and Reference Doc. Type =

Quotation.

• Used on conditional metrics.

Returns Identifies sales documents of type Return.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Sales Document Type = Return.

• Used on conditional metrics.

Accepted

Return Items

Identifies sales document items of type Return that have been accepted (sales

document item status of Complete).

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Sales Document Type = Return and Sales

Document Item Status = Complete.

• Used on conditional metrics.

Rejected

Return Items

Identifies sales document items of type Return with an item status of Rejected.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Sales Document Type = Return and Sales

Document Item Status = Rejected.

• Used on conditional metrics.

Outbound

Deliveries

Identifies delivery documents of type Outbound Delivery.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Delivery Document Type = Outbound Delivery.

• Used on conditional metrics.

• Also used as an embedded filter in two reports.

Return

Deliveries

Identifies delivery documents of type Returns Delivery.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Delivery Document Type = Returns Delivery.

• Used on conditional metrics.

Filter Description

Page 202: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Object Glossaries Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceA

176 Filters glossary © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Set of

Customers

with Sales in

the Quarter

Identifies the set of customers that had sales orders in the selected quarter.

• Defined as a set qualification in the metric Net Sales Order Amount, where the metric

value is greater than zero and the output level is at the Customer and Quarter level.

• Used as an embedded filter to define a filter for a conditional metric.

Set of

Customers

with Sales in

the Previous

Quarter

Identifies the set of customers that had sales orders in the quarter prior to the one

selected.

• Defined as a set qualification in the metric Net Sales Order Amount Previous

Quarter, where the metric value is greater than zero and the output level is at the

Customer and Quarter levels.

• Used as an embedded filter to define a filter for a conditional metric.

Set of

Customers

with Sales in

Two

Consecutive

Quarters

Identifies the set of customers that had sales orders in a quarter and also had sales

orders in the previous quarter.

• Defined based on two existing filters: Set of Customers with Sales in the Quarter and

Set of Customers with Sales in the Previous Quarter.

• Used on conditional metrics.

Sales Orders

from Set of

Customers

with Sales in

Two

Consecutive

Quarters

Identifies the set of sales orders from customers that had sales orders in two

consecutive quarters.

• Defined based on three existing filters: Set of Customers with Sales in the Quarter

AND Set of Customers with Sales in the Previous Quarter AND Sales Orders.

• Used on conditional metrics.

Set of Items –

Delivered Late

Identifies the set of delivery document items where the metric Average Delay Confirmed

to Actual Delivery Date - Outbound Deliveries is greater than zero.

• Defined as a set qualification in the metric Average Delay Confirmed to Actual

Delivery Date - Outbound Deliveries, where the metric value is greater than zero and

the output level is at the delivery document item level.

• Used on conditional metrics.

Set of Items –

Delivered On

Time

Identifies the set of delivery document items where the metric Average Delay Confirmed

to Actual Delivery Date - Outbound Deliveries is exactly zero.

• Defined as a set qualification in the metric Average Delay Confirmed to Actual

Delivery Date - Outbound Deliveries, where the metric value is exactly zero and the

output level is at the delivery document item level.

• Used on conditional metrics.

Filter Description

Page 203: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Object Glossaries A

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Filters glossary 177

Filters embedded in reports

Many of the SDAM reports include one or more static filters defining filtering conditions that apply to the report. The following table lists and describes all the embedded filters.

Set of Items –

Correctly

Delivered

Quantities

Identifies the set of delivery document items where the metric Difference Confirmed to

Delivered Quantity is equal to zero.

• Defined as a set qualification in the metric Difference Confirmed to Delivered

Quantity, where the metric value is exactly zero and the output level is at the delivery

document item level.

• Used on conditional metrics.

Set of Items –

Incorrectly

Delivered

Quantities

Identifies the set of delivery document items where the metric Difference Confirmed to

Delivered Quantity is different from zero.

• Defined as a set qualification in the metric Difference Confirmed to Delivered

Quantity, where the metric value is different from zero and the output level is at the

delivery document item level.

• Used on conditional metrics.

• Also used as an embedded filter in one report.

Filter Description

Filter Description

Open Status (Sales

Document)

Identifies sales documents with a status of Open.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Sales Document Status = Open.

• Used as an embedded filter in several reports.

Rank Net Sales

Order Amount – Top

5 by Quarter

Identifies for each quarter the report elements that are ranked the top five by the

Net Sales Order Amount metric.

• Defined as a set qualification in the Net Sales Order Amount metric, with rank

set at top five and break by attribute Quarter.

• Used as an embedded filter in two reports.

Rank Net Sales

Order Amount – Top

5 Sales Orders by

Quarter

Identifies the sales orders that are ranked the top five for each quarter by the Net

Sales Order Amount metric.

• Defined as a set qualification in the metric Net Sales Order Amount, with rank

set at top five, output level Sales Document, and break by attribute Quarter.

• Used as an embedded filter in one report.

Rank Net Sales

Order Amount – Top

5 Sales Orders from

Quotations

Identifies the sales orders from quotations that are ranked the top five for each

quarter by the Net Sales Order Amount metric.

• Defined as a combination of filter Sales Orders from Quotations AND set

qualification in the metric Net Sales Order Amount, rank top 5, with output

level Sales Document and break by attribute Quarter.

• Used as an embedded filter in one report.

Page 204: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Object Glossaries Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceA

178 Filters glossary © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Rank % Net Margin –

Bottom 3 by Quarter

Identifies for each quarter the report elements that are ranked the bottom three by

the % Net Margin Sales Orders metric.

• Defined as a set qualification in the metric % Net Margin Sales Orders, rank

bottom three, and break by attribute Quarter.

• Used as an embedded filter in one report.

Rank Net Sales

Order Amount – Top

5

Identifies the sales orders from quotations that are ranked the top five by the Net

Sales Order Amount metric.

• Defined as a combination of filter Sales Orders from Quotations AND set

qualification in the metric Net Sales Order Amount, rank top five, with output

level Sales Document.

• Used as an embedded filter for a scorecard’s report.

Open Deliveries –

Issued and Pending

Delivery

Identifies delivery document items that did not yet arrive at the customer site.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Delivery Document Item Status =

Open-Pending Deliver Cust.

• Used as an embedded filter in one report.

Open Deliveries –

Pending Goods

Issue

Identifies delivery document items that were not yet issued.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Delivery Document Item Status =

Open-Pending Goods Issue.

• Used as an embedded filter in one report.

Open Deliveries –

Pending Material

Availability

Identifies delivery document items that are pending availability of materials.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Delivery Document Item Status =

Open-Pending Mat Availability.

• Used as an embedded filter in one report.

Complete Status

(Delivery Document)

Identifies delivery documents with a status of Complete.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Delivery Document Status = Complete.

• Used as an embedded filter in several reports.

Outbound Deliveries Identifies delivery documents of type Outbound Delivery.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Delivery Document Type = Outbound

Delivery.

• Used on conditional metrics.

• Also used as an embedded filter in two reports.

All Types of

Outbound Deliveries

Identifies delivery documents of type Outbound Delivery or Free Subsequent

Delivery.

• Defined as an attribute qualification: Delivery Document Type in list (Outbound

Delivery, Free Subsequent Delivery).

• Used as an embedded filter in two reports.

Set of Items –

Incorrectly Delivered

Quantities

Identifies the set of delivery document items where the metric Difference

Confirmed to Delivered Quantity is different from zero.

• Defined as a set qualification in the metric Difference Confirmed to Delivered

Quantity, where the metric value is different from zero and the output level is at

the delivery document item level.

• Used on conditional metrics.

• Also used as an embedded filter in one report.

Filter Description

Page 205: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Object Glossaries A

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Prompts glossary 179

Prompts glossary

This section lists all the prompts used in SDAM reports. The majority of the SDAM reports have prompts as embedded filters, allowing you to select the report qualification from a list of elements at run time. Prompts always require an answer for reports to run.

Prompt Description

Customer –

Multiple

Selections

Elements prompt: One or more customers must be

selected

Customer – One

Selection

Elements prompt: One customer must be selected

Material Division

– One Selection

Elements prompt: One material division must be

selected

Quarter – One

Selection

Elements prompt: One quarter must be selected

Material - One

Selection

Elements prompt: One material must be selected

Year – One

Selection

Elements prompt: One year must be selected

Select from

Product

Hierarchy

Elements

Expression prompt: One or more elements from any

level in the Product hierarchy must be selected

Select

Organization

Attributes

Object prompt: One or more organization attributes

must be selected, and are used in the report

template

Select Customer

Characteristics

Object prompt: One or more customer

characteristics must be selected, and are used in the

report template

Select Material

Grouping

Attributes

Object prompt: One or more material grouping

attributes must be selected, and are used in the

report template

Page 206: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Object Glossaries Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceA

180 Prompts glossary © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Page 207: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. 181

B

B.LOGICAL DATA MODEL

Introduction

This appendix presents the logical data model on which the Sales and Distribution Analysis Module (SDAM) is built.

This appendix provides a description for

• business hierarchies, including their attributes, attribute definitions, relationships, forms, form expressions, lookup tables, and other tables

• module transformations and user hierarchies

• module facts

See Chapter 1, Introduction, for a general description, basic procedures, and additional details about understanding and working with SDAM’s logical data model.

Information can also be found by accessing each attribute’s definition using the Attribute Editor. The attributes can be found in the Schema Objects/Attributes folder. Double-click an attribute to open the Attribute Editor.

Page 208: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

182 Prerequisites © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Prerequisites

This appendix assumes you have prior experience with logical data modeling and creating business intelligence applications using MicroStrategy technology.

SDAM logical schema

The following diagram represents the logical model shipped with SDAM. The logical schema diagram is available in an Erwin file, located in Program Files/MicroStrategy/Analytics

Modules/Sdam/SDAM.er1.

Page 209: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. SDAM logical schema 183

� Fact tables appear in gray.

Page 210: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

184 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Business hierarchies

SDAM assists analysts, managers, and executives to obtain insight into the various factors that affect a business’s inquiry, quotation, order, delivery, and returns processes. SDAM accomplishes this partly through a set of attributes (business concepts) and their relationships to each other. These attributes are arranged in a specific sequence according to a business structure, and that arrangement is called a hierarchy.

The key business hierarchies in the sales and distribution analysis process are

• Organization: The external organization responsible for selling the company’s materials, and the internal organization structures responsible for sales and delivery processing

• Material: The products or services sold by the company

• Customer: The entities to which materials are sold and distributed

• Shipping Point: Location through which materials are delivered to customers

• Sales Document: Tracks all sales transactions

• Delivery Document: Tracks all delivery transactions

• Time: The calendar time

Each business hierarchy is detailed in the following sections. For additional information on the hierarchies, see the MicroStrategy project definitions in SDAM’s Schema Objects/Attributes and Schema Objects/Facts folders. From one of these folders, double-click an attribute or fact to view definitions, properties, source tables, and so on.

Organization hierarchy

This hierarchy represents the company’s organizational structures, and is broken into the following subdivisions:

Page 211: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 185

• External Organization: The external organization responsible for selling materials

• Internal Organization: The internal organization responsible for processing sales and delivery activities

In the logical data model, these subdivisions are defined as independent hierarchies.

External Organization hierarchy

This hierarchy represents the company’s external organization through which materials (products and services) are sold to customers. A sales organization can sell materials through different distribution channels.

� Note the following:

• A check sign in the previous figure indicates the attribute is an entry level in the corresponding hierarchy.

• In the logical data model, Sales Organization and Distribution Channel are defined as independent entities and the relationship is established through the fact tables.

Page 212: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

186 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

The detailed definitions of each attribute in the MicroStrategy metadata repository listed previously are shown in the following tables.

Sales Organization

Attribute Description Example

Sales

Organization

Organizational unit responsible for selling material or

services. From the customer point of view, this is the

unit that holds the responsibility for delivery and

material liabilities.

• It has two parent attributes: each Sales

Organization is assigned to exactly one Company

Code and one Industry Sector.

• Each business transaction is linked to a sales

organization. (It is one of the attribute’s keys in the

fact tables).

USA West – responsible for

direct sales and retail

wholesale in the West region

Sales

Organization

Industry Sector

Industry to which the sales organization provides

service.

• An industry sector can have several assigned

Sales Organizations (one-to-many relationship).

Retail, CPG, Telco, Chemical,

Cross-Industry

Sales

Organization

Company Code

Accounting unit, consolidating the transactions of the

sales organizations from a financial accounting

perspective.

• A company code can have several assigned Sales

Organizations (one-to-many relationship).

The demo project models a

company (Universal

Computers) with several

company codes, such as

UC-UK or UC-USA

Distribution

Channel

Channel through which saleable products and

services reach customers.

• Each business transaction is linked to a specific

Distribution Channel. (It is one of the attribute’s

keys in the fact tables).

Direct Sales, Finished

Products Wholesales,

Components Wholesales

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID SALES_ORG_ID L_SALES_ORG F_SALES_DOC_ITEM,

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM

DESC SALES_ORG_

DESC

L_SALES_ORG None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

None Industry Sector Many-to-one L_SALES_ORG

None Company Code Many-to-one L_SALES_ORG

Page 213: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 187

Sales Organization Industry Sector

Sales Organization Company Code

Distribution Channel

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID INDUSTRY_ID L_INDUSTRY L_SALES_ORG

DESC INDUSTRY _DESC L_INDUSTRY None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Sales

Organization

None One-to-many L_SALES_ORG

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID COMP_CODE_ID L_COMP_CODE L_SALES_ORG

DESC COMP_CODE_DESC L_COMP_CODE None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Sales

Organization

None One-to-many L_SALES_ORG

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID DIST_CHNL_ID L_DIST_CHNL F_SALES_DOC_ITEM,

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM

DESC DIST_CHNL_ID L_DIST_CHNL None

Page 214: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

188 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Internal Organization hierarchy

This hierarchy represents how the company organizes sales activities internally.

� Note the following:

• A check sign in the previous figure indicates the attribute is an entry level in the corresponding hierarchy.

• The internal organization may have an additional attribute level, Sales Person (not implemented). Each sales group will have one or more salespeople assigned to it.

The detailed definitions of each attribute in the MicroStrategy metadata repository listed previously are shown in the following tables.

Attribute Description Example

Sales Office Organizational unit responsible for sales within a specific

geographical area.

• It has a child attribute. One or more sales groups can be

established within a sales office to differentiate areas of

responsibility (one-to-many relationship).

Los Angeles, London,

San Francisco, Paris,

Boston

Sales Group Group of salespeople who are responsible for processing sales

transactions for certain materials and/or customer groups.

• Each Sales Group is assigned to exactly one Sales Office.

• Each business transaction is linked to a specific sales

group. (It is one of the attribute’s keys in the related fact

tables.)

Large Accounts – LA,

Direct Sales – SF,

Wholesale Market – NY

Page 215: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 189

Sales Office

Sales Group

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID SALES_OFFICE_ID L_SALES_OFFICE L_SALES_

GROUP

DESC SALES_OFFICE_

DESC

L_SALES_OFFICE None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Sales Group None One-to-many L_SALES_GROUP

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID SALES_GROUP_ID L_SALES_

GROUP

F_SALES_DOC_ITEM,

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM

DESC SALES_GROUP_

DESC

L_SALES_

GROUP

None

Page 216: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

190 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Material hierarchy

Materials are the goods and services that are the subject of business transactions. The attributes and relationships in the following figure represent the Material hierarchy.

� A check sign in the previous figure indicates the attribute is an entry level in the corresponding hierarchy.

Attribute Description Example

Material Any good that is sold (products and services are combined under

this term).

• Material has a number of parent attributes used to group

materials, such as Material Division, Material Category,

Material Type, Material Group, Product Hierarchy, and so on.

They each have a one-to-many relationship with Material.

• Each business transaction is linked to a specific material. (It is

one of the attribute’s keys in the related fact tables).

Universal Computer

(UC) PC Economy 100,

UC InkJet B/W E10,

B/W Ink Cartridge

Material

Type

Grouping of materials with the same basic characteristics.

• Materials are uniquely assigned to a material type.

Raw materials,

semi-finished products,

finished products

Material

Division

Organizational unit defining responsibility for sales of materials.

• Materials are uniquely assigned to one division.

Computers, printers,

supplies, and so on

Page 217: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 191

� Note the following:

• A number of assumptions were made when this analysis hierarchy was defined. The hierarchy includes a limited number of default grouping attributes, such as Material Division or Product Hierarchy, representing industry-standard material classifications. The module can be extended to include additional requirements.

• This hierarchy does not include any characteristic attributes defining measure and quantity specifications for the material, such as base unit of measure, sales unit, volume, and so on. The module can be extended to support them if required.

• All materials are assigned a base unit of measure; this usually represents the basic unit of measure in which the material is manufactured (for example, unit or kilogram). This module was designed with

Material

Category

Grouping of material according to common attributes. (These will

be different for each company).

• Materials are uniquely assigned to one category.

Single material, set of

materials

Material

Group

Grouping of materials, subdivided from a business perspective.

(This will be different for each company).

• Materials are uniquely assigned to one material group.

Large and medium

companies, consumers,

small business

Product

Hierarchy

Dimensional grouping of material with similar features.

SDAM includes a Product hierarchy with three attributes:

• Product Hierarchy level 0 (Lowest level to which materials are

directly assigned, containing the most specific product

descriptions. See example.)

• Product Hierarchy level 1.

• Product Hierarchy level 2 (Highest level in the hierarchy,

containing the most general, inclusive product descriptions.

See example.)

• Level 0: Standard

desktops, home

desktops

• Level 1: Desktops,

notebooks

• Level 2: PCs,

servers

Material

Industry

Sector

Grouping of materials classified according to the industry sector to

which they are targeted.

• Materials are uniquely assigned to one industry sector.

Note: This attribute uses as lookup a table alias defined based on

L_INDUSTRY.

Retail, Telco,

Cross-Industry,

Finance

Material

Pricing

Group

Grouping of materials according to the pricing group to which they

belong.

• Materials are uniquely assigned to one pricing group.

High priced, low priced

Attribute Description Example

Page 218: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

192 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

the assumption that all quantities will be measured based on the material “base unit of measure”; fact data about quantities is physically stored using the base unit.

• When materials are sold or delivered, they can be packed based on different units of measure (for example, an ink cartridge is sold as a pack of 10 units and delivered in packs of 5 units). The module can be extended to support other types of measures; it requires adding a coefficient to convert quantities when measured using different units and/or storing fact data about quantities in different units of measurement.

The detailed definitions of each attribute in the MicroStrategy metadata repository listed previously are shown in the following table.

Material

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID MATERIAL_ID L_MATERIAL F_SALES_DOC_ITEM,

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM

DESC MATERIAL_DESC L_MATERIAL None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

None Material Type Many-to-one L_MATERIAL

None Material Division Many-to-one L_MATERIAL

None Material Category Many-to-one L_MATERIAL

None Material Group Many-to-one L_MATERIAL

None Product Hierarchy

Level 0

Many-to-one L_MATERIAL

None Material Industry

Sector

Many-to-one L_MATERIAL

None Material Pricing Group Many-to-one L_MATERIAL

Page 219: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 193

Material Type

Material Division

Material Category

Material Group

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID MAT_TYPE_ID L_MATERIAL None

DESC MAT_TYPE_DESC L_MATERIAL None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Material None One-to-many L_MATERIAL

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID DIVISION_ID L_DIVISION L_MATERIAL

DESC MAT_DIVISION_DESC L_DIVISION_MAT None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Material None One-to-many L_MATERIAL

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID MAT_CAT_ID L_MATERIAL None

DESC MAT_CAT_DESC L_MATERIAL None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Material None One-to-many L_MATERIAL

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID MAT_GROUP_ID L_MATERIAL None

DESC MAT_GROUP_DESC L_MATERIAL None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Material None One-to-many L_MATERIAL

Page 220: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

194 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Product Hierarchy Level 0

Product Hierarchy Level 1

Product Hierarchy Level 2

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID PROD_HIER_L0_ID L_PROD_HIER L_MATERIAL

DESC PROD_HIER_L0_DESC L_PROD_HIER None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

None Product Hierarchy

Level 1

Many-to-one L_PROD_HIER

Material None One-to-many L_MATERIAL

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID PROD_HIER_L1_ID L_PROD_HIER None

DESC PROD_HIER_L1_DESC L_PROD_HIER None

Children ParentsRelationship

TypeTable

None Product

Hierarchy Level 0

Many-to-one L_PROD_HIER

Product Hierarchy

Level 0

None One-to-many L_PROD_HIER

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID PROD_HIER_L2_ID L_PROD_HIER None

DESC PROD_HIER_L2_DESC L_PROD_HIER None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Product Hierarchy

Level 1

None One-to-many L_PROD_HIER

Page 221: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 195

Material Industry Sector

Material Pricing Group

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID INDUSTRY_ID L_MAT_INDUSTRY

(Table alias for

L_INDUSTRY)

None

MAT_INDUSTRY_ID None L_MATERIAL

DESC INDUSTRY_DESC L_MAT_INDUSTRY None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Material None One-to-many L_MATERIAL

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID MAT_PRICE_GRP_ID L_MATERIAL None

DESC MAT_PRICE_GRP_DESC L_MATERIAL None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Material None One-to-many L_MATERIAL

Page 222: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

196 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Customer hierarchy

This hierarchy represents the customer to whom a company sells materials (the sold-to party in the business transaction).

� A check sign in the previous figure indicates the attribute is an entry level in the corresponding hierarchy.

Attribute Description Example

Customer

(sold-to party)

Person or company that places an order for goods or

services.

• Customer has a number of parent attributes such as

Industry, Account Group, Region, and so on. There is

a one-to-many relationship with all of them.

• Each business transaction is associated with one

customer.

Note: This attribute is referenced by different column

names in the lookup (CUST_ID) and fact tables

(SOLD_TO).

Best Deals (a retailer that

sell computers and printers),

Trust Bank (a bank)

Customer

Account Group

Grouping of customers by their location in reference to

the company location.

• Customers are uniquely assigned to one account

group.

Local customers,

International customers

Customer

Group

A company’s defined grouping of customers. In the

SDAM default project, it indicates the type of customer.

• Customers are uniquely assigned to one customer

group.

Wholesalers, retailers, not

assigned, industrial

customers

Customer

Industry Sector

Grouping of customers according to the industry sector.

Note: This attribute uses as lookup a table alias defined

based on L_INDUSTRY.

Retail, Telco,

Cross-Industry, Finance

Page 223: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 197

� Note the following:

• A number of assumptions were made when the Customer hierarchy was defined. A customer is a business partner to whom a company sells and delivers materials. There are different functions that a business partner may assume: sold-to party (company that places an order for products or services), ship-to party (company that receives the goods), bill-to party (company that receives the invoice for the goods delivered), and payer (company that pays for the goods). In a business transaction, the same customer can assume all these functions or several customers can be associated with different functions.

• In this module, only the sold-to party is modeled. The sold-to party is associated with the Customer hierarchy. Other partner functions can be added if required; they should be modeled as independent hierarchies based on the Customer hierarchy.

• This hierarchy includes a limited number of parent attributes, representing industry standard customer classifications. The module can be extended to include additional parents, such as Sales District, Number of Employees, Annual Sales, Customer Status, D & B code, and so on.

• This hierarchy does not include detailed customer information, such as address, phone number, tax number, postal code, and so on. These attributes can be added if required.

The detailed definitions of each attribute in the MicroStrategy metadata repository listed previously are shown in the following tables.

Customer

Region

Customer’s geographical region. State or province

Customer

Country

Customer’s country (parent of customer region). USA, UK, Spain, Germany

Attribute Description Example

Page 224: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

198 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Customer

Customer Account Group

Customer Group

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID CUST_ID L_CUSTOMER None

SOLD_TO None F_SALES_DOC_ITEM,

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM

DESC CUST_DESC L_CUSTOMER None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

None Customer Account

Group

Many-to-one L_CUSTOMER

None Customer Group Many-to-one L_CUSTOMER

None Customer Region Many-to-one L_CUSTOMER

None Customer Industry Many-to-one L_CUSTOMER

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID CUST_ACC_GRP_ID L_CUSTOMER None

DESC CUST_ACC_GRP_DESC L_CUSTOMER None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Customer None One-to-many L_CUSTOMER

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID CUST_GRP_ID L_CUSTOMER None

DESC CUST_GRP_DESC L_CUSTOMER None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Customer None One-to-many L_CUSTOMER

Page 225: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 199

Customer Industry

Customer Region

Customer Country

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID INDUSTRY_ID L_CUST_INDUSTRY

(Table alias for

L_INDUSTRY)

None

CUST_IND_ID None L_CUSTOMER

DESC INDUSTRY_DESC L_CUST_INDUSTRY None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Customer None One-to-many L_CUSTOMER

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID REGION_ID L_REGION None

CUST_REGION_ID None L_CUSTOMER

DESC REGION_DESC L_REGION None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Customer None One-to-many L_CUSTOMER

None Country Many-to-one L_CUST_REGION

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID COUNTRY_ID L_COUNTRY L_REGION

DESC COUNTRY_DESC L_COUNTRY None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Region None One-to-many L_REGION

Page 226: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

200 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Sales Document hierarchy

The sales document hierarchy is the structure that records all type of sales transactions, including inquiries, quotations, sales orders, and returns.

• Each sales document includes one or more document items, and each item refers to one of the materials associated with the sales transaction.

• General sales information, such as customer, is defined at the sales document level. Sales facts, such as quantities and amounts, are defined at the sales document item level.

The following diagram shows the structure of a sample sales order with two items:

Page 227: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 201

The sales document hierarchy is represented in the logical data model by the attributes and relationships in the following figure:

� A check sign in the previous figure indicates the attribute is an entry level in the corresponding hierarchy.

Attribute Description Example

Sales

Document

Information that is common for all the sales documents.

• Each sales document includes one or more items.

• Each sales document is uniquely identified by a sales

document ID.

Numeric or

alpha-numeric ID

Sales

Document

Item

Information at the material level.

• Each item in a sales document is uniquely identified by the

combination of a sales document and a sales document item.

• Sales document and sales document item IDs define a

compound key. (They define a primary key for the fact table

tracking sales transactions).

Numeric or

alpha-numeric ID

Sales

Document

Type

Types of sales documents.

• Each sales document is associated with one type (one-to-many

relationship).

Note: Some sales facts apply to only some document types; refer

to the Facts section in this chapter for details.

Inquiries, quotations,

sales orders,

returns, and

free-subsequent

delivery

Page 228: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

202 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

The detailed definitions of each attribute in the MicroStrategy metadata repository listed previously are shown in the following tables.

Sales Document

Sales Document Item

Sales

Document

Status

Processing status of the whole document.

• Each sales document has one status associated with it

(one-to-many relationship).

• This status applies to all items in a sales document; it is

calculated based on the status for the different document items.

Open: The

document is being

processed.

Complete: The

document

processing is

complete.

Sales

Document

Item Status

Status of each document item.

• Each sales document item has an item status associated with it

(one-to-many relationship).

• Status values depend on the document type. For example, an

item in a quotation can have four different statuses, such as

Open, Complete, Rejected, or Expired, while inquiries, sales

orders, and return items can have only two statuses: Open or

Complete.

Open, Complete,

Rejected, Expired

Attribute Description Example

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID SALES_DOC_ID F_SALES_DOC_

ITEM

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

None Sales Document

Status

Many-to-one F_SALES_

DOC_ITEM

None Sales Document

Type

Many-to-one F_SALES_

DOC_ITEM

Sales Document

Item

None One-to-many F_SALES_

DOC_ITEM

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID Compound key:

SALES_DOC_ITEM_ID and

SALES_DOC_ID

F_SALES_

DOC_ITEM

F_DELIV_

DOC_ITEM

Page 229: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 203

Sales Document Type

Sales Document Status

Sales Document Item Status

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

None Sales Document Many-to-one F_SALES_DOC_

ITEM

None Sales Document

Item Status

Many-to-one F_SALES_DOC_

ITEM

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID SALES_DOC_

TYPE_ID

L_SALES_DOC_

TYPE

F_SALES_DOC_ITEM,

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM

DESC SALES_DOC_

TYPE_DESC

L_SALES_DOC_

TYPE

None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Sales

Document

None One-to-many F_SALES_DOC_ITEM

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID SALES_DOC_

STS_ID

L_SALES_DOC_

STATUS

F_SALES_DOC_

ITEM

DESC SALES_DOC_

STS_DESC

L_SALES_DOC_

STATUS

F_SALES_DOC_

ITEM

ChildrenParent

sRelationship Type Table

Sales

Document

None One-to-many F_SALES_DOC_ITEM

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID SDOC_ITEM_STS_ID L_SDOC_ITEM_

STATUS

F_SALES_DOC_

ITEM

DESC SDOC_ITEM_STS_

DESC

L_SDOC_ITEM_

STATUS

F_SALES_DOC_

ITEM

Page 230: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

204 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Reference Document hierarchy

A sales document can have a reference document, which is a related, earlier document. For example, a sales order originates from a quotation; the quotation is the reference document for the sales order. A quotation often originates from an inquiry; the inquiry is the reference document for the quotation.

The reference document hierarchy is represented in the logical data model by the attributes and relationships in the following figure:

� A check sign in the previous figure indicates the attribute is an entry level in the corresponding hierarchy.

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Sales

Document Item

None One-to-many F_SALES_DOC_ITEM

Page 231: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 205

The detailed definitions of each attribute in the MicroStrategy metadata repository listed previously are shown in the following tables.

Reference Document

Reference Document Item

Attribute Description Example

Reference

Document

Related, previous document for a given sales document.

• Each reference document is uniquely identified by the reference

document ID.

• The relationship with the sales document is established through the

sales document fact table.

• Not all sales documents have a reference document.

Numeric or

alpha-numeric ID

Reference

Document

Item

Reference document item for a sales document item.

• Each reference document is uniquely identified by a compound key

defined based on the reference document ID and the reference

document item ID.

• The relationship with the sales document item is established through

the sales document fact table.

• Not all sales document items have a reference document item.

Numeric or

alpha-numeric ID

Reference

Document

Type

Types of reference documents.

• Each reference document is associated with one type (one-to-many

relationship).

Inquiries,

Quotations,

Sales Orders,

Returns

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID REF_DOC_ID F_SALES_DOC_ITEM None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

None Reference

Document Type

Many-to-one F_SALES_DOC_

ITEM

Reference

Document

Item

None One-to-many F_SALES_DOC_

ITEM

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID Compound key:

REF_DOC_ITEM_ID

and REF_DOC_ID

F_SALES_DOC_ITEM None

Page 232: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

206 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Reference Document Type

Delivery Document hierarchy

The delivery document hierarchy is the structure that records all types of delivery transactions, including outbound deliveries, return deliveries, and free-subsequent deliveries.

• Each delivery document includes one or more document items, and each document item refers to one of the materials associated with the delivery transaction.

• General delivery information, such as customer or shipping point, is defined at the document level. Delivery facts, such as quantities and delivery dates, are defined at the delivery document item level.

• Delivery documents originate from sales documents such as sales orders or returns. For example, if all sales order items have identical shipping criteria, a delivery transaction is processed to fulfill the sales order. However, if items have different shipping criteria, then multiple delivery transactions are created.

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

None Reference

Document

Many-to-one F_SALES_DOC_ITEM

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID REF_DOC_TYPE_ID L_REF_DOC_

TYPE

F_SALES_DOC_

ITEM

DESC REF_DOC_TYPE_DESC L_REF_DOC_

TYPE

None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Reference

Document

None One-to-many F_SALES_DOC_ITEM

Page 233: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 207

The following diagram shows the structure of a sample outbound delivery with two items, and its relationship with the associated sales order:

The delivery document hierarchy is represented in the logical data model by the attributes and relationships in the following figure:

� Note the following:

• A check sign in the previous figure indicates the attribute is an entry level in the corresponding hierarchy.

Page 234: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

208 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

• Several independent attributes exist that can be related to the Delivery Document Item attribute. See the Delivery Processing Dates section in this chapter for information on these independent attributes.

The detailed definitions of each attribute in the MicroStrategy metadata repository listed previously are shown in the following tables.

Attribute Description Example

Delivery

Document

Information that is common for all the delivery documents.

• The delivery document includes one or more items with material

information.

• Each delivery document is uniquely identified by a delivery document

ID.

• Delivery documents can reference a sales document, such as sales

orders. (The reference is defined in the delivery fact table).

Numeric or

alpha-numeric ID

Delivery

Document

Item

Information at the material level.

• Each item in a delivery document is uniquely identified by the

combination of a delivery document and a delivery document item.

• Delivery document and delivery document item IDs define a

compound key. (They define a primary key for the fact table tracking

delivery transactions).

• The delivery document item can reference a sales document item.

(The reference is defined in the delivery fact table).

Numeric or

alpha-numeric ID

Delivery

Document

Type

Types of delivery documents.

• Each delivery document is associated with one type (one-to-many

relationship).

Note: Some delivery facts apply to only some document types; see the

Facts section in this chapter for details.

Outbound

delivery, returns

delivery,

free-subsequent

delivery

Delivery

Document

Status

Status of the whole document.

• Each delivery document has one status associated with it

(one-to-many relationship).

• This status applies to all items in a delivery document; it is calculated

based on the status for the different document items.

Open: The

document is

being processed.

Complete: The

document

processing is

complete.

Delivery

Document

Item

Status

Status of each document item.

• Each delivery document item has an item status associated with it

(one-to-many relationship).

• Status values depend on the document type. For example, an item in

an outbound delivery may have several statuses, such as “open –

pending material availability,” “open – pending arrival customer site,”

and so on, defining different stages in the outbound delivery process.

Open, Complete

Page 235: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 209

Delivery Document

Delivery Document Item

Delivery Document Type

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID DELIV_DOC_ID F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

None Delivery

Document

Status

Many-to-one F_DELIV_

DOC_ITEM

None Delivery

Document Type

Many-to-one F_DELIV_

DOC_ITEM

Delivery

Document Item

None One-to-many F_DELIV_

DOC_ITEM

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID Compound key:

DELIV_DOC_ITEM_ID

and DELIV_DOC_ID

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

None Delivery Document Many-to-one F_DELIV_

DOC_ITEM

None Delivery Document

Item Status

Many-to-one F_DELIV_

DOC_ITEM

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID DELIV_DOC_TYPE_

ID

L_DELIV_DOC_

TYPE

F_DELIV_DOC_

ITEM

DESC DELIV_DOC_TYPE_

D

L_DELIV_DOC_

TYPE

None

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Delivery

Document

None One-to-many F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM

Page 236: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

210 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Delivery Document Status

Delivery Document Item Status

Shipping Point hierarchy

The Shipping Point hierarchy represents the organizational unit that is responsible for the delivery of goods to the customer.

The shipping point hierarchy is represented in the logical data model by the attribute in the following figure:

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID DELIV_DOC_STS_ID L_DELIV_DOC_

STATUS

F_DELIV_DOC_

ITEM

DESC DELIV_DOC_STS_DESC L_DELIV_DOC_

STATUS

F_DELIV_DOC_

ITEM

Children Parents Relationship Type Table

Delivery

Document

None One-to-many F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID DDOC_ITEM_STS_ID L_DDOC_ITEM_

STATUS

F_DELIV_

DOC_ITEM

DESC DDOC_ITEM_STS_DESC L_DDOC_ITEM_

STATUS

F_DELIV_

DOC_ITEM

Children ParentsRelationship

TypeTable

Delivery

Document Item

None One-to-many F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM

Page 237: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 211

� The logical data model can be extended to include additional attributes and hierarchies to track additional shipping information, such as carrier (a business partner that delivers goods to customers), plant (location where goods are manufactured), shipping route, shipping point region, destination region, and so on. If you make additions:

• The logical data model must be modified to add new attributes to the delivery fact table (in the attribute ID column that tracks values for each individual delivery transaction), and to the corresponding lookup and relationship tables.

• New attributes must define new hierarchies in the MicroStrategy project, or else they must be part of the Shipping Point hierarchy.

The detailed definition of the attribute in the MicroStrategy metadata repository listed previously is shown in the following table.

Shipping Point

Attribute Description Example

Shipping

Point

Organizational unit that processes the deliveries.

Each delivery transaction is associated with only one shipping point.

Los Angeles, Detroit,

Dublin

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID SHIP_POINT_ID L_SHIP_POINT F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM

DESC SHIP_POINT_DESC L_SHIP_POINT F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM

Page 238: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

212 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Time hierarchy

The time hierarchy represents the calendar time.

The time hierarchy is represented in the logical data model by the attributes and relationships in the following figure:

� Note the following:

• A check sign in the previous figure indicates the attribute is an entry level in the corresponding hierarchy.

• Several independent attributes exist that can be related to the Time hierarchy through the Item Creation Date attribute. See the Delivery Processing Dates section in this chapter for information on these independent attributes.

Attribute Description Example

Year Calendar year. 2002

Quarter Calendar quarter. Q3-2003

Page 239: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 213

The detailed definitions of each attribute in the MicroStrategy metadata repository listed previously are shown in the following tables.

Year

Quarter

Month

Month Calendar month. Nov, 2003

Item Creation

Date

Calendar date when the document item was created.

This attribute references column CREATE_ITEM_DATE in the Sales and

Delivery Document fact tables.

12/24/2002

Attribute Description Example

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID YEAR_ID L_CAL_YEAR L_CAL_QTR,

L_CAL_MONTH, L_TIME

Children ParentsRelationship

TypeTable

Quarter None One-to-many L_CAL_QTR

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID QUARTER_ID L_CAL_QTR L_CAL_MONTH, L_TIME

DESC QUARTER_DESC L_CAL_QTR None

Children ParentsRelationship

TypeTable

None Year Many-to-one L_CAL_QTR

Month None One-to-many L_CAL_MONTH

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID MONTH_ID L_CAL_MONT

H

L_TIME

DESC MONTH_DESC L_CAL_MONT

H

None

Page 240: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

214 Business hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Item Creation Date

Delivery Processing Dates

A number of date attributes are associated with the processing of delivery documents. They are independent attributes in the logical data model. A relationship can be established with the Time hierarchy (through the Item Creation Date) or with the Delivery Document Item attribute.

These independent attributes are represented in the following figure:

� A check sign in the previous figure indicates the attribute is an entry level in the corresponding hierarchy.

Children ParentsRelationship

TypeTable

None Quarter Many-to-one L_CAL_MONTH

Item Creation Date None One-to-many L_TIME

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID DATE_ID L_TIME None

CREATE_ITEM_

DATE

None F_SALES_DOC_ITEM,

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM

Children ParentsRelationship

TypeTable

None Month Many-to-one L_TIME

Page 241: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Business hierarchies 215

The detailed definitions of each attribute in the MicroStrategy metadata repository listed previously are shown in the following tables.

Material Availability Date

Loading Date

Material Issue Date

Planned Issue Date

Attribute Description

Material Availability Date Date when materials are available for shipping

Loading Date Date when loading starts

Material Issue Date Actual date when materials are issued from the company’s shipping point to

the customer

Planned Issue Date Planned date when materials will be shipped from the company shipping point

to the customer

Delivery Date Date when the customer receives the materials

Confirmed Delivery Date Confirmed date when materials will be delivered to the customer

Requested Delivery Date Date requested by the customer to receive the materials

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID MAT_AVAIL_DATE F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM None

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID LOAD_DATE F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM None

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID MAT_ISSUE_DATE F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM None

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID PLAN_ISSUE_DATE F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM None

Page 242: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

216 Transformations © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Delivery Date

Confirmed Delivery Date

Requested Delivery Date

Transformations

SDAM includes the following time transformations to enable analysis of a selected time period compared to another time period. All these transformations are based on table transformations.

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID DELIV_DATE F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM None

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID CONF_DELIV_DATE F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM None

Form Form Expression Lookup Table Other Tables

ID REQ_DELIV_DATE F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM None

Transformation Definition Attribute Transformation Table Expression

Previous Month Enables analysis of a

selected month compared to

the previous month

Month L_CAL_MNTH PREV_MNTH_I

D

Previous Quarter Enables analysis of a

selected quarter compared to

the previous quarter

Quarter L_CAL_QTR PREV_QTR_ID

Previous Year Enables analysis of a

selected year compared to

the previous year

Year L_CAL_YEAR PREV_YEAR_I

D

Page 243: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. User hierarchies 217

User hierarchies

SDAM includes several user hierarchies to facilitate navigation through some of the business hierarchies listed previously.

Year to Month Enables analysis of a

selected month compared to

all months in the year, up to

the selected month

Month L_MONTH_YTD YTD_MNTH_ID

Year to Quarter Enables analysis of a

selected quarter compared to

all quarters in the year, up to

the selected quarter

Quarter L_QUARTER_YTD YTD_QTR_ID

Transformation Definition Attribute Transformation Table Expression

Hierarchy Level AttributeEntry

Point?Comments

Customer 1 Customer Country Yes This user hierarchy defines drill navigation

through the Customer hierarchy attributes.2 Customer Region No

2 Customer Industry

Sector

Yes

2 Customer Group Yes

2 Customer Account

Group

Yes

3 Customer No

Page 244: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

218 User hierarchies © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Material 1 Product Hierarchy

Level 2

Yes This user hierarchy defines drill navigation

through the Material hierarchy attributes.

2 Product Hierarchy

Level 1

No

3 Product Hierarchy

Level 0

No

3 Material Division Yes

3 Material Category Yes

3 Material Group Yes

3 Material Industry

Sector

Yes

3 Material Type Yes

3 Material Pricing

Group

Yes

4 Material No

Product

Hierarchy

1 Product Hierarchy

Level 2

Yes • This user hierarchy allows you to navigate

through the Product hierarchy from the top

level to Material.

• Product Hierarchy Level 2 is the entry point.

• This hierarchy is used in prompts to

dynamically select any element at any level of

the Product hierarchy.

2 Product Hierarchy

Level 1

No

3 Product Hierarchy

Level 0

No

4 Material No

Distribution

Channel

1 Distribution

Channel

Yes This user hierarchy defines drill navigation for

Distribution Channel.

Sales

Organization

1 Sales Org.

Company Code

Yes This user hierarchy defines drill navigation for

the Sales Organization hierarchy.

1 Sales Org.

Industry Sector

Yes

2 Sales

Organization

No

Internal

Organization

1 Sales Group Yes This user hierarchy defines drill navigation for

the Internal Organization hierarchy.2 Sales Office No

Shipping

Point

1 Shipping Point Yes This user hierarchy defines drill navigation for

Shipping Point.

Hierarchy Level AttributeEntry

Point?Comments

Page 245: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. User hierarchies 219

Sales

Document

1 Sales Document

Type

Yes This user hierarchy defines drill navigation

through the corresponding hierarchy.

1 Sales Document

Status

Yes

2 Sales Document No

2 Sales Document

Item Status

Yes

3 Sales Document

Item

No

Reference

Document

1 Reference

Document Type

Yes This user hierarchy defines drill navigation

through the corresponding hierarchy.

2 Reference

Document

No

3 Reference

Document Item

No

Delivery

Document

1 Delivery

Document Type

Yes This user hierarchy defines drill navigation

through the corresponding hierarchy.

1 Delivery

Document Status

Yes

2 Delivery

Document

No

2 Delivery

Document Item

Status

Yes

3 Delivery

Document Item

No

Time 1 Year Yes • This user hierarchy allows you to navigate

through the Time hierarchy.

• Year is the entry point.2 Quarter No

3 Month No

4 Date No

Time (Year to

Month)

1 Year Yes This user hierarchy allows you to navigate

through the Time hierarchy up to the Month level.2 Quarter No

3 Month No

Hierarchy Level AttributeEntry

Point?Comments

Page 246: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

220 Facts © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Facts

This section describes the facts used in SDAM. The underlying processes are also explained briefly.

There are two groups of facts in SDAM:

• Facts measuring sales activities, which are based on sales documents

• Facts measuring delivery activities, which are based on delivery documents

For additional details, see the MicroStrategy project definitions in the Schema Objects/Attributes and Schema Objects/Facts folders. Double-click any attribute or fact to view definitions, properties, source tables, and so on.

Sales Document facts

Sales Document facts measure sales activities by tracking sales document amounts, costs, quantities, and the number of documents and document items.

All these facts are based on the fact table F_SALES_DOC_ITEM. Therefore, dimensional keys for these facts correspond to the fact table keys. Additional details, such as form expressions, links with physical schema tables and columns, and so on, can be found in the SDAM project by accessing the fact definition using the Fact Editor.

For details about physical tables and columns, see Physical Schema and Data Dictionary, page 227 in Appendix C of this reference guide.

� Note the following:

• All quantity facts are stored in the fact tables using the material base unit of measure. If other units of measure are required, additional fact columns can be added. For example, you can add a fact column with quantities in the sales unit, or attributes for “base unit,” “sales unit,” and so on. You can also

Page 247: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Facts 221

add a coefficient to convert quantities to the units required. See the Material hierarchy section in this chapter for details.

• All amounts and costs are measured in a single currency. If transaction currency is required, add a “currency” attribute and an “exchange rate” to convert transaction amounts into required currencies.

Fact Description

Net Item Amount The net transaction amount for each sales document item (after discounts or

surcharges and before any taxes are applied).

• This is based on column NET_ITEM_AMOUNT from fact table

F_SALES_DOC_ITEM.

• Value is expressed in the same currency for all records (single currency).

Note: This fact does not apply to sales documents of type “Inquiry.”

Item Cost The cost for each item (cost associated with the acquisition of a material).

• This is based on column ITEM_COST from fact table F_SALES_DOC_ITEM.

• Value is expressed in the same currency for all records (single currency).

Note: This fact does not apply to sales documents of type “Inquiry.”

Quantity (Base Units) The quantity of material associated with each sales document item.

• This is based on column ITEM_QTY_BU from fact table

F_SALES_DOC_ITEM.

• It is measured in the material base unit.

Ordered Quantity

Delivered (Base

Units)

The quantity of goods, from a sales order item, already delivered to the customer

(expressed in the material base units). This value is updated whenever a delivery

for a sales order is completed.

• This is based on column ITEM_QTY_DELIV_BU from fact table

F_SALES_DOC_ITEM.

• If the sales order is open this number may be smaller than ITEM_QTY_BU,

indicating that some items are still pending delivery to the customer.

• Once the sales order is complete, this value must be equal to ITEM_QTY_BU

indicating that the order was successfully completed. If the value is different, it

can indicate incorrect processing of the order.

• It is measured in the material base unit.

Note: This fact only applies to sales documents of type “Sales Order.”

Backlog Quantity

(Base Units)

The quantity of goods, from a sales order item, that is pending delivery

(expressed in the material base units). This value is updated based on the

deliveries associated with the sales order.

• This is defined as [ITEM_QTY_BU] – [ITEM_QTY_DELIV_BU]. Both columns

are from the fact table F_SALES_DOC_ITEM.

• Once the sales order is complete, this value must be equal to zero indicating

that the order was successfully completed. If the value is different, it indicates

incorrect processing of the order.

• It is measured in the material base unit.

Note: This fact only applies to sales orders.

Page 248: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

222 Facts © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Delivery Document facts

Delivery Document facts track delivery document quantities, processing times, and the number of documents and document items.

Backlog Net Item

Amount

The net amount of goods pending delivery. This value is updated based on the

deliveries associated with the sales order.

• This is defined as NET_ITEM_AMOUNT * (1 - [ITEM_QTY_DELIV_BU] /

[ITEM_QTY_BU]). Both columns are from the fact table

F_SALES_DOC_ITEM.

• Once the sales order is complete, this value must be equal to zero.

• Value is expressed in the same currency for all records (single currency).

Note: This fact only applies to sales orders.

Net Price (Base

Units)

The net price for the material item in base units. It is calculated by dividing the

Net Item Amount by the quantity in base units.

• This is defined as NET_ITEM_AMOUNT / ITEM_QTY_BU. Both columns are

from the fact table F_SALES_DOC_ITEM.

• Value is expressed in the same currency for all records (single currency).

Note: This fact does not apply to sales documents of type “Inquiry.”

SALES_DOC_ID The unique identifier of the sales document. It is used to define count distinct of

sales documents.

• This is based on column SALES_DOC_ID from fact table

F_SALES_DOC_ITEM.

SALES_DOC_ITEM_

ID

The unique identifier of an item within a specific sales document. It is used to

define counts of sales document items.

• This is based on column SALES_DOC_ITEM_ID from fact table

F_SALES_DOC_ITEM.

CUST_ID from Sales

Doc Fact Table

The unique identifier of the customer associated with the sales transaction. It is

used to define count distinct of customers.

• This is based on column SOLD_TO from fact table F_SALES_DOC_ITEM.

Fact Description

Page 249: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Facts 223

The following diagram describes all the facts used to analyze delivery processing times:

All the facts are based on fact table F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM. Therefore, dimensional keys for those facts correspond to the fact table keys. Additional details, such as form expressions, links with physical schema tables and columns, and so on, can be found in the SDAM project by accessing the fact definition using the Fact Editor.

For details about physical tables and columns, see Physical Schema and Data Dictionary, page 227 in Appendix C of this reference guide.

� Note the following:

• All quantity facts are stored in the fact tables using the material base unit of measure. If other units of measure are required, additional fact columns can be added. For example, you can add a fact column with quantities in the sales unit. See the Material hierarchy section in this chapter for details.

Page 250: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

224 Facts © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

• All costs are measured in a single currency. If transaction currency is required, add a “currency” attribute and an “exchange rate” to convert transaction amounts into required currencies.

• All processing times and delays are based on calculations on Dates columns (DATE data type), and return an integer value indicating the number of days between two dates. Date and time calculations may require special attention; for more information see Calculating dates and times, and your database in this chapter.

Fact Description

DELIV_DOC_ID Unique identifier of the delivery document. It is used to define the count distinct of

delivery documents.

• This is based on column DELIV_DOC_ID from fact table

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM.

DELIV_DOC_ITEM_

ID

Unique identifier of an item within a specific delivery document. It is used to

define counts of delivery document items.

• This is based on DELIV_DOC_ITEM_ID from fact table

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM.

Confirmed Delivery

Quantity (Base Units)

Confirmed quantity of material to be delivered for each transaction item.

• This is based on ITEM_CONF_QTY_BU from fact table

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM.

• It is measured in material base units.

Delivered Quantity

(Base Units)

Quantity of material that is ultimately delivered for each transaction item.

• This is based on ITEM_DELIV_QTY_BU from fact table

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM.

• It is measured in material base units.

• Fact value is zero until goods are delivered. The value is updated once

delivery transaction is completed.

Difference between

Delivery and Issue

Date

Total time required to transport goods to the customer site, from the date they are

issued from the company’s shipping point until the date they are received at the

customer site.

• This is based on the calculation ([DELIV_DATE] - [MAT_ISSUE_DATE]); both

columns are from fact table F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM.

• It is measured in days.

Difference between

Delivery and Material

Availability Date

Total processing time, from the date goods are available for packing and shipping

(defined by the material availability date) until the date they arrive at the customer

site.

• This is based on the calculation ([DELIV_DATE] - [MAT_AVAIL_DATE]); both

columns are from fact table F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM.

• It is measured in days.

Page 251: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Logical Data Model B

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Facts 225

Difference between

Issue and Material

Availability Date

Processing time required to package, load, and issue goods. It is defined as the

difference between dates when goods are available for packing and shipping,

defined by the material availability date, and the date they leave the company

facilities.

• This is based on the calculation ([MAT_ISSUE_DATE] -

[MAT_AVAIL_DATE]); both columns are from fact table

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM.

• It is measured in days.

Difference between

Issue and Loading

Date

Processing time required to load and ship deliveries. It is defined as the

difference between the loading start date and the date goods leave the company

shipping facilities.

• This is based on the calculation ([MAT_ISSUE_DATE] - [LOAD_DATE]); both

columns are from fact table F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM.

• It is measured in days.

Difference between

Loading and Material

Availability Date

Processing time required for picking and packing goods. It is defined as the

difference between the dates when goods are available for delivery and when

they are ready for loading.

• This is based on the calculation ([LOAD_DATE] - [MAT_AVAIL_DATE]); both

columns are from fact table F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM.

• It is measured in days.

Delay between

Confirmed and Actual

Delivery Date

Delay between the date when goods are confirmed to arrive at the customer site

and the actual date when goods are delivered to the customer.

• This is based on the calculation ([DELIV_DATE] – [CONF_DELIV_DATE]);

both columns are from fact table F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM.

• It is measured in days.

Delay between

Requested and

Actual Delivery Date

Delay between the customer’s requested date for receiving the shipment and the

actual arrival date.

• This is based on the calculation ([DELIV_DATE] - [REQ_DELIV_DATE]); both

columns are from fact table F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM.

• It is measured in days.

Delay between

Requested and

Confirmed Delivery

Date

Difference between the confirmed date for delivery of goods to the customer site

and the date requested by the customer to receive the shipment.

• This is based on the calculation ([CONF_DELIV_DATE] -

[REQ_DELIV_DATE]); both columns are from fact table

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM.

• It is measured in days.

Delay between

Planned and Actual

Issue Date

Delay between the date when the shipment is scheduled to leave the company’s

shipping point and the actual date when the goods leave the shipping point.

• This is based on the calculation ([MAT_ISSUE_DATE] -

[PLAN_ISSUE_DATE]); both columns are from fact table

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM.

• It is measured in days.

Fact Description

Page 252: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Logical Data Model Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceB

226 Facts © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Calculating dates and times with your database

Calculating dates

Each database type has a different way to calculate dates. Depending on the type of database you have, you may be required to modify the default fact expressions for the fact you want to use.

The following table lists the different database vendors and shows examples of a fact expression modified for that database. The example used is the fact Difference between Delivery and Material Availability Date, from the table above.

Calculating times

You may want to calculate time differences using a different time scale than that used in the project, for example, hours or minutes. To use a different time scale, you must modify the logical data model to use a TIMESTAMP data type for dates fields, and modify fact expressions accordingly to use database-specific operators/functions.

Database Fact Expression

Oracle ([DELIV_DATE] - MAT_AVAIL_DATE])

Note: Default fact expressions use the Oracle standard.

SQL Server ApplySimple (“datediff(day, #0, #1)”, [DELIV_DATE],

[MAT_AVAIL_DATE])

DB2 ApplySimple (“DAYS(#0) - DAYS(#1)”, [DELIV_DATE],

[MAT_AVAIL_DATE])

Teradata ([DELIV_DATE] - [MAT_AVAIL_DATE])

Page 253: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Prerequisites 227

C

C.PHYSICAL SCHEMA AND DATA

DICTIONARY

Introduction

This appendix provides a diagram of the physical schema that comes with the Sales and Distribution Analysis Module (SDAM). This appendix also provides descriptions of all the tables and columns in the default data warehouse.

Prerequisites

This appendix was written for consultants and developers implementing and customizing the SDAM application and for those building ETL routines to populate the data warehouse. It assumes you are familiar with basic RDBMS concepts and Erwin data modeling.

Page 254: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Physical Schema and Data Dictionary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceC

228 SDAM physical schema © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

SDAM physical schema

The following diagram represents the physical schema shipped with SDAM. The physical schema is available in an Erwin file, located in Program Files/MicroStrategy/Analytics

Modules/Sdam/SDAM.er1.

� Fact tables appear in teal (color) or gray (black and white).

Page 255: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Physical Schema and Data Dictionary C

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. SDAM physical schema 229

Page 256: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Physical Schema and Data Dictionary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceC

230 Table information © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Table information

This section describes each physical table used in SDAM.

Table Name Table Comment

F_SALES_DOC_ITEM Fact table containing all the sales document transactions.

• Fact data stored at sales document and sales document item levels

(primary keys). Includes keys of hierarchies defining transaction and used

for analysis (material, sales organization, and so on).

• Includes two Time keys, Create Item Date (date when document item was

created) and Change Item Date (last time record was updated). Create

Item Date is Time key for analysis.

• Includes two status fields for sales document and sales document items,

indicating processing status.

• Fact data includes Net Item Amount, Item Quantity, Item Quantity

Delivered (fact is updated based on deliveries associated with sales

transaction), and Item Cost. Some fact columns only apply to specific

document types; see the Column information section in this chapter for

details.

Data is updated in the following cases:

• Each time a sales document is created, new records are added.

• If a sales document is updated, records are updated (historical data is not

stored). The Change Date column indicates the last time the record was

updated.

• If a sales document and/or sales document item is deleted from the

operational system, the corresponding records are deleted from this table.

F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM Fact table containing all the delivery document transactions.

• Fact data is stored at delivery document and delivery document item

levels (primary keys). Includes keys of hierarchies defining transaction

and used for analysis (material, shipping point, and so on).

• Includes two Time keys, Create Item Date (date when document item was

created) and Change Item Date (last time record was updated). Create

Item Date is used as Time key for analysis.

• Includes two status fields for delivery document and delivery document

items, indicating processing status.

• Fact data includes confirmed and delivered quantity, item shipping cost,

and delivery-related dates to calculate delivery processing times. Some

fact columns only apply to specific types of documents; refer to the

Column information section in this chapter for details.

Data is updated in the following cases:

• Each time a delivery document is created, new records are added.

• If a delivery document is updated, records are updated (historical data is

not stored). The Change Date column indicates the last time the record

was updated.

• If a delivery document and/or document items are deleted from the

operational system, the corresponding records are deleted from this table.

L_CAL_MONTH Lookup table for Calendar Month attribute.

• It includes the relationship with Calendar Quarter and Year.

• It includes the Previous Month relationship to calculate monthly trends.

Page 257: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Physical Schema and Data Dictionary C

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Table information 231

L_CAL_QTR Lookup table for Calendar Quarter attribute.

• It includes the relationship with Calendar Year.

• It includes the Previous Quarter relationship to calculate quarterly trends.

L_CAL_YEAR Lookup table for Calendar Year attribute.

• It includes the Previous Year relationship to calculate yearly trends.

L_COMP_CODE Lookup table for Company Code attribute.

L_COUNTRY Lookup table for Customer Country attribute.

L_CUST_INDUSTRY Lookup table for the Customer Industry attribute.

L_CUSTOMER Lookup table for the Customer attribute.

• This table is used as the lookup for a number of customer characteristic

attributes such as Customer Account Group, Customer Group, and

Customer Classification.

• The table is also used to define relationships between Customer and other

characteristic attributes (Customer Industry Sector, Customer Region,

Customer Account Group, Customer Group, and Customer

Classification).

• In this module, the customer is associated with the sold-to party function.

If other business functions such as ship-to party, bill-to party, and payer

are required, a table alias can be created to refer each of the different

attributes to the same physical table.

• There is one record for each customer in the system.

Data is updated in the following cases:

• When a new customer is added to the system, a record is added to this

table.

• If data for a customer changes, the corresponding record is updated

(historical data is not recorded).

L_DDOC_ITEM_

STATUS

Lookup table for the Delivery Document Item Status attribute.

• This table stores the different statuses that a delivery document item can

have during processing (Open, Open-Pending Material Availability,

Open-Pending Goods Issue, Complete, and so on).

L_DELIV_DOC_STATU

S

Lookup table for the Delivery Document Status attribute.

• This table stores the different statuses that delivery documents can have

during processing (Open, Complete, and so on).

Note: These statuses are different depending on the type of document;

values may apply only to specific document types.

L_DELIV_DOC_TYPE Lookup table for the Delivery Document Type attribute.

• This table stores the different types of delivery documents that are

processed (Outbound Delivery, Return Delivery, Free-subsequent

Delivery, and so on).

Note: These statuses are different depending on the type of document;

values may apply only to specific document types.

L_DIST_CHNL Lookup table for the Distribution Channel attribute.

L_DIVISION Lookup table for the Material Division attribute.

Table Name Table Comment

Page 258: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Physical Schema and Data Dictionary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceC

232 Table information © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

L_INDUSTRY Lookup table for Industry Sector.

• This table is used in several hierarchies where an Industry Sector attribute

exists, such as Sales Organization, Material, and Customer. A logical

table alias is defined in the MicroStrategy project to reference the same

physical table in the different hierarchies.

L_MAT_INDUSTRY Lookup table for the Material Industry attribute.

L_MATERIAL Lookup table for the Material attribute.

• This table is used as the lookup for a number of characteristic attributes

such as Material Type, Material Category, Material Group, and Material

Pricing Group.

• The table is also used to define relationships between Material and other

characteristic attributes (Material Division, Material Industry Sector,

Product Hierarchy, Material Group, and so on).

• There is one record for each material in the system.

Data is updated in the following cases:

• When a new material is added to the system, a record is added to this

table.

• If data for a material changes, the corresponding record is updated

(historical data is not recorded).

L_PROD_HIER Lookup and relationship table for all the attributes in the Product hierarchy

(Product Hierarchy Level 0, Level 1, and Level 2).

When data is updated:

• If relationships between different levels change, the record is updated,

losing any historical record of the previous structure.

L_REF_DOC_TYPE Lookup table for the Reference Document Type attribute.

This table stores the different types of documents processed (Quotation,

Sales Order, Return, Outbound Delivery, Return Delivery, and so on).

L_REGION Lookup table for the Customer Region attribute.

• This is also the relationship table between Customer Region and Country.

L_SALES_DOC_

STATUS

Lookup table for the Sales Document Status attribute.

• This table stores the different statuses that a sales document can have

during processing (Open, Complete, and so on).

Note: These statuses are different depending on the type of document;

values may apply only to specific document types.

L_SALES_DOC_TYPE Lookup table for the Sales Document Type attribute.

• This table stores the different types of sales documents processed

(Quotation, Sales Order, Inquiry, Return, and so on).

L_SALES_GROUP Lookup table for the Sales Group attribute.

• Also the relationship table between Sales Office and Sales Group.

L_SALES_OFFICE Lookup table for the Sales Office attribute.

L_SALES_ORG Lookup table for the Sales Organization attribute.

• This table is used to define relationships with the characteristic attributes

associated with Sales Organization (Company Code and Industry Sector).

Table Name Table Comment

Page 259: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Physical Schema and Data Dictionary C

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Table column information 233

Table column information

This section describes each physical table column used in SDAM.

� The Data Type column information in the following table reflects an Oracle database-specific format; depending on what database type you use, your data type may appear differently. You can use the Erwin file (see the SDAM physical schema section above) to easily convert this information to another database type.

L_SDOC_ITEM_

STATUS

Lookup table for the Sales Document Item Status attribute.

• This table stores the different statuses that a sales document item can

have during processing (Open, Expired, Rejected, Complete, and so on).

Note: These statuses are different depending on the type of document;

values may apply only to specific document types.

L_SHIP_POINT Lookup table for the Shipping Point attribute.

L_TIME Lookup table for the Date attribute.

• This table defines the relationship between Date and all the time

attributes.

L_MONTH_YTD Lookup table that relates a given month to all months within the same year,

up to the given month.

L_QUARTER_YTD Lookup table that relates a given quarter to all quarters within the same year,

up to the given quarter.

Table Name Table Comment

Column Name Data Type

Primary

Key (PK) /

Foreign

Key (FK)

Column Comment

Table: F_SALES_DOC_ITEM

SALES_DOC_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the sales document.

With Sales Document Item, it defines the

table primary key.

SALES_DOC_ITEM_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the sales document

item. With Sales Document, it defines the

table primary key.

Page 260: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Physical Schema and Data Dictionary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceC

234 Table column information © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

SALES_DOC_TYPE_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Identifies the type of sales document.

Column value is the same for all items in the

sales document.

SALES_DOC_STS_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Identifies the status of the sales document.

For example, Open indicates the document

is being processed while Complete indicates

that processing has been completed.

Column value is the same for all items in the

sales document. For example:

• If the status for all document items is

complete, the document status is set to

Complete.

• If one item has a status of Open but all

other items have a Complete status, the

document status is set to Open.

Note: Statuses are different depending on

the type of document; values may apply only

to specific document types.

SDOC_ITEM_STS_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Unique identifier for the sales document item

status. For example, Open indicates the

document item is being processed while

Complete indicates that processing has

been completed.

Values can differ for the different items in a

document.

Note: Statuses are different depending on

the type of document; values may apply only

to specific document types.

SALES_GROUP_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Identifies the sales group associated with

the sales document. Column value is the

same for all items in the sales document.

DIST_CHNL_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Identifies the distribution channel associated

with the sales document. Column value is

the same for all items in the sales document.

SALES_ORG_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Identifies the sales organization associated

with the sales document. Column value is

the same for all items in the sales document.

MATERIAL_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Identifies the material associated with each

of the sales document items.

CREATE_ITEM_DATE TimeStam

p (0)

FK Date on which the item was created. Used

as the time key for analysis.

Column Name Data Type

Primary

Key (PK) /

Foreign

Key (FK)

Column Comment

Page 261: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Physical Schema and Data Dictionary C

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Table column information 235

CHANGE_ITEM_DATE TimeStam

p (0)

Last date on which the item was changed.

REF_DOC_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Reference document associated with the

sales document. Column contains values

only if there is a preceding document; if not,

the column is empty.

REF_DOC_ITEM_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Reference document item for the sales

document item. Column contains values

only if there is a preceding document; if not,

the column is empty.

Column value is the same for all items in the

sales document.

REF_DOC_TYPE_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Identifies the document type for the

preceding document. Column contains

values only if there is a preceding document;

if not, the column is empty.

Column value is the same for all items in the

sales document.

SOLD_TO Numeric

(38,0)

FK Identifies the customer associated with the

sales document. In this module, customer is

associated with the sold-to party function.

This column references CUST_ID column in

the Customer lookup (L_CUSTOMER).

Column value is the same for all items in the

sales document.

NET_ITEM_AMOUNT Numeric

(15,3)

Net transaction amount for each sales

document item. This is the value after

discounts or surcharges and before any

taxes are applied.

• Value is expressed in the same currency

for all records (single currency).

• If support for different currencies is

required, currency and exchange rate

information must be added to the

transaction.

• The column does not apply to inquiry

documents; in that case, the field will be

empty.

ITEM_QTY_BU Numeric

(38,0)

Material quantity for each item. Measured in

the material’s base unit.

Column Name Data Type

Primary

Key (PK) /

Foreign

Key (FK)

Column Comment

Page 262: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Physical Schema and Data Dictionary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceC

236 Table column information © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

ITEM_QTY_DELIV_BU Numeric

(38,0)

Material quantity already delivered for a

sales document item.

• Measured in the material’s business unit.

• This column is only measured for sales

documents that have a corresponding

outbound delivery such as Outbound

Deliveries or Free Deliveries.

• Column value will be updated based on

deliveries associated with the sales

document; when a delivery is complete

the corresponding delivery quantity is

updated in this field.

ITEM_COST Numeric

(15,3)

Cost for each sales document item. The cost

associated with the acquisition of a material.

• Value is expressed in the same currency

for all records (single currency).

• If support for different currencies is

required, currency and exchange rate

information must be added to the

transaction.

• The column does not apply to inquiry

documents; in that case, the field will be

empty.

Table: F_DELIV_DOC_ITEM

DELIV_DOC_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the delivery document.

With Delivery Document Item, it defines the

table primary key.

DELIV_DOC_ITEM_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the delivery document

item. With Delivery Document, it defines the

table primary key.

DELIV_DOC_TYPE_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Identifies the type of delivery document.

Column value is the same for all items in the

document.

Column Name Data Type

Primary

Key (PK) /

Foreign

Key (FK)

Column Comment

Page 263: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Physical Schema and Data Dictionary C

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Table column information 237

DELIV_DOC_STS_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Identifies the processing status of the

delivery document. For example, Open

indicates delivery is being processed and

Complete indicates that processing was

completed.

Column value is the same for all items in the

document. For example:

• If status for all document items is

complete, the document status is set to

Complete.

• If one item has a status of Open but all

other items have a Complete status, the

document status is set to Open.

Note: Statuses are different depending on

the type of document; values may apply only

to specific document types.

DDOC_ITEM_STS_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Unique identifier for the delivery document

item status, indicating processing status. For

example, Open-Pending Material Availability

indicates delivery is on hold until materials

are available. Value can differ for the

different items in a document.

Note: These statuses are different

depending on the type of document; values

may apply only to specific document types.

DIST_CHNL_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Unique identifier for the distribution channel

associated with the delivery transaction.

Column value is the same for all items in the

delivery document.

SALES_ORG_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Unique identifier for the sales organization

associated with the delivery transaction.

Column value is the same for all items in the

delivery document.

SALES_GROUP_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Unique identifier for the sales group

associated with the delivery transaction.

Column value is the same for all items in the

delivery document.

MATERIAL_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Unique identifier for the material associated

with the delivery item.

Column Name Data Type

Primary

Key (PK) /

Foreign

Key (FK)

Column Comment

Page 264: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Physical Schema and Data Dictionary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceC

238 Table column information © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

SOLD_TO Numeric

(38,0)

FK Identifies the customer associated with the

delivery document. In SDAM, customer is

associated with the sold-to party function.

This column references CUST_ID column in

the Customer lookup (L_CUSTOMER).

Column value is the same for all items in the

delivery document.

SHIP_POINT_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Unique identifier for the shipping point from

where materials are delivered to the

customer. Column value is the same for all

items in the delivery document.

CREATE_ITEM_DATE TimeStam

p (0)

FK Date on which the item was created. This

column is used as the time key for analysis.

CHANGE_ITEM_DATE TimeStam

p (0)

Last date on which the item was changed.

SALES_DOC_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Identifies the sales document originating the

delivery. Column contains values only if

there is a preceding sales document; if not,

the column is empty.

Column value is the same for all items in the

delivery document.

Note: This module assumes that delivery

documents only have sales documents as

preceding documents.

SALES_DOC_ITEM_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Identifies the sales document item

originating the delivery item. Column

contains values only if there is a preceding

document; if not, the column is empty.

SALES_DOC_TYPE_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Identifies the sales document type for the

preceding document. Column value is the

same for all items in the delivery document.

ITEM_CONF_QTY_BU Numeric

(38,0)

Quantity confirmed for delivery to the

customer. Defined at the document item

level. Value is measured in the material’s

base unit.

Column Name Data Type

Primary

Key (PK) /

Foreign

Key (FK)

Column Comment

Page 265: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Physical Schema and Data Dictionary C

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Table column information 239

ITEM_DELIV_QTY_BU Numeric

(38,0)

Actual quantity delivered to the customer for

each document item. When delivery status

is Open, this column indicates whether

some quantities are pending delivery. When

delivery status is Complete, this column

indicates:

• If delivery is correct, this value must be

equal to Confirmed Quantity.

• If delivery is not correct, there is a partial

delivery to the customer.

Value is measured in the material's base

unit.

ITEM_SHIP_COST Numeric

(15,3)

Cost associated with shipping all the

materials in a delivery document item to the

customer. Value is expressed in a single

currency (the one used for analysis).

REQ_DELIV_DATE TimeStam

p (0)

Date requested by customer to receive the

materials. Date is defined at the document

item level.

CONF_DELIV_DATE TimeStam

p (0)

Confirmed date when materials will be

delivered to the customer. Date is defined at

the document item level.

DELIV_DATE TimeStam

p (0)

Date when customer receives the materials.

Date is defined at the document item level.

MAT_AVAIL_DATE TimeStam

p (0)

Date when materials are available for

packing and shipping. Date is defined at the

document item level. Column does not apply

for return deliveries, only for those deliveries

involving outbound shipping. For return

deliveries, the field is empty.

LOAD_DATE TimeStam

p (0)

Date when loading starts. Date is defined at

the document item level. Column does not

apply for return deliveries, only for those

deliveries involving outbound shipping. The

field is empty for return deliveries.

PLAN_ISSUE_DATE TimeStam

p (0)

Planned date when materials leave the

company’s shipping location to arrive on

time at the customer site. Date is defined at

the document item level. Column does not

apply for return deliveries, only for those

deliveries involving outbound shipping. The

field is empty for return deliveries.

Column Name Data Type

Primary

Key (PK) /

Foreign

Key (FK)

Column Comment

Page 266: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Physical Schema and Data Dictionary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceC

240 Table column information © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

MAT_ISSUE_DATE TimeStam

p (0)

Actual date when materials are issued from

the company's shipping point to the

customer. Date is defined at the document

item level. Column does not apply for return

deliveries, only for those deliveries involving

outbound shipping. The field is empty for

return deliveries.

Table: L_CAL_MONTH

MONTH_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for month.

MONTH_DESC VarChar

(30)

Month description.

YEAR_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Unique identifier for year. References

YEAR_ID in L_YEAR.

QUARTER_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Unique identifier for quarter. References

QUARTER_ID in L_QUARTER.

PREV_MONTH_ID Numeric

(38,0)

Column identifying the ID of the previous

month. Used to define previous month

transformation for historical trend analysis.

Table: L_CAL_QTR

QUARTER_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for quarter.

QUARTER_DESC VarChar

(30)

Quarter description.

YEAR_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Unique identifier for year. References

YEAR_ID in L_YEAR.

PREV_QTR_ID Numeric

(38,0)

Column identifying the ID of the previous

quarter. Used to define previous quarter

transformation for historical trend analysis.

Table: L_CAL_YEAR

YEAR_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for year.

PREV_YEAR_ID Numeric

(38,0)

Column identifying the ID of the previous

year. Used to define previous year

transformation for historical trend analysis.

Column Name Data Type

Primary

Key (PK) /

Foreign

Key (FK)

Column Comment

Page 267: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Physical Schema and Data Dictionary C

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Table column information 241

Table: L_COMP_CODE

COMP_CODE_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for company code.

COMP_CODE_DESC VarChar

(30)

Company code description.

Table: L_COUNTRY

COUNTRY_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the customer country.

COUNTRY_DESC VarChar

(30)

Country description.

Table: L_CUST_INDUSTRY

INDUSTRY_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the industry sector.

Referenced as lookup for several attributes

such as Customer Industry Sector, Material

Industry Sector, and so on.

INDUSTRY_DESC VarChar

(30)

Industry sector description.

Table: L_CUSTOMER

CUST_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the customer.

References the SOLD_TO column in fact

tables.

CUST_DESC VarChar

(30)

Customer name.

CUST_ACC_GRP_ID Numeric

(38,0)

Unique identifier for the customer account

group associated with the customer.

CUST_ACC_GRP_DESC VarChar

(30)

Description for the account group. Also used

as lookup for this attribute.

CUST_GRP_ID Numeric

(38,0)

Unique identifier for the customer group

associated with the customer.

CUST_GRP_DESC VarChar

(30)

Customer group description. Also used as

lookup for this attribute.

CUST_IND_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Unique identifier for industry sector

associated with the customer. Column

references INDUSTRY_ID in L_INDUSTRY.

CUST_REGION_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Unique identifier for the region associated

with the customer. Column references

REGION_ID in L_REGION.

Column Name Data Type

Primary

Key (PK) /

Foreign

Key (FK)

Column Comment

Page 268: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Physical Schema and Data Dictionary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceC

242 Table column information © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Table: L_DDOC_ITEM_STATUS

DDOC_ITEM_STS_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the delivery document

item status.

Note: These statuses are different

depending on the type of document; values

may apply only to specific document types.

DDOC_ITEM_STS_DESC VarChar

(30)

Item status description.

Table: L_DELIV_DOC_STATUS

DELIV_DOC_STS_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the status associated

with a delivery document.

Note: These statuses are different

depending on the type of document; values

may apply only to specific document types.

DELIV_DOC_STS_DESC VarChar

(30)

Delivery document status description.

Table: L_DELIV_DOC_TYPE

DELIV_DOC_TYPE_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the sales document type

attribute

DELIV_DOC_TYPE_D VarChar

(30)

Sales document type description.

Table: L_DIST_CHNL

DIST_CHNL_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the distribution channel.

DIST_CHNL_DESC VarChar

(30)

Distribution channel description.

Table: L_DIVISION

DIVISION_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the material division

attribute.

DIVISION_DESC VarChar

(30)

Division description.

Table: L_INDUSTRY

INDUSTRY_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the industry sector.

Referenced as lookup for several attributes

such as Customer Industry Sector, Material

Industry Sector, and so on.

Column Name Data Type

Primary

Key (PK) /

Foreign

Key (FK)

Column Comment

Page 269: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Physical Schema and Data Dictionary C

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Table column information 243

INDUSTRY_DESC VarChar

(30)

Industry sector description.

Table: L_MAT_INDUSTRY

INDUSTRY_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Industry sector associated with the sales

organization. This column references

INDUSTRY_ID in L_INDUSTRY.

INDUSTRY_DESC VarChar

(30)

Industry sector description.

Table: L_MATERIAL

MATERIAL_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the material.

MATERIAL_DESC VarChar

(50)

Material description.

PROD_HIER_L0_ID Numeric

(38,0)

Product Hierarchy Level 0 associated with

the material.

DIVISION_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Division ID associated with the material.

Column references DIVISION_ID in

L_DIVISION.

MAT_IND_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Industry Sector ID associated with the

material. Column references INDUSTRY_ID

in L_INDUSTRY.

MAT_TYPE_ID Numeric

(38,0)

Unique identifier for the material type.

Column includes the material type

associated with each material.

MAT_TYPE_DESC VarChar

(30)

Material type description. Table is also used

as lookup for this attribute.

MAT_CAT_ID Numeric

(38,0)

Unique identifier for the material category.

Column includes the material category

associated with each material.

MAT_CAT_DESC VarChar

(30)

Material category description. Table is also

used as lookup for this attribute.

MAT_GRP_ID Numeric

(38,0)

Unique identifier for the material group.

Column includes the material group

associated with each material.

MAT_GRP_DESC VarChar

(30)

Material group description. Table is also

used as lookup for this attribute.

Column Name Data Type

Primary

Key (PK) /

Foreign

Key (FK)

Column Comment

Page 270: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Physical Schema and Data Dictionary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceC

244 Table column information © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

MAT_PRICE_GRP_ID Numeric

(38,0)

Unique identifier for the material pricing

group. Column includes the pricing group

associated with each material.

MAT_PRICE_GRP_DESC VarChar

(30)

Material type description. Table is also used

as lookup for this attribute.

Table: L_PROD_HIER

PROD_HIER_L0_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the product hierarchy

lowest level.

PROD_HIER_L0_DESC VarChar

(50)

Level 0 description.

PROD_HIER_L1_ID Numeric

(38,0)

Unique identifier for Level 1.

PROD_HIER_L1_DESC VarChar

(30)

Description for Level 1 (this table is also

used as lookup for this attribute).

PROD_HIER_L2_ID Numeric

(38,0)

Unique identifier for Level 2.

PROD_HIER_L2_DESC VarChar

(30)

Description for Level 2 (this table is also

used as lookup for this attribute).

Table: L_REF_DOC_TYPE

REF_DOC_TYPE_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the reference document

type.

REF_DOC_TYPE_DESC VarChar

(30)

Reference document type description.

Table: L_REGION

REGION_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the customer region.

REGION_DESC VarChar

(30)

Region description.

COUNTRY_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Country ID associated with the region. This

column references COUNTRY_ID in

L_COUNTRY.

Column Name Data Type

Primary

Key (PK) /

Foreign

Key (FK)

Column Comment

Page 271: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Physical Schema and Data Dictionary C

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Table column information 245

Table: L_SALES_DOC_STATUS

SALES_DOC_STS_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the status associated

with a sales document.

Note: These statuses are different

depending on the type of document; values

may apply only to specific document types.

SALES_DOC_STS_DESC VarChar

(30)

Sales document status description.

Table: L_SALES_DOC_TYPE

SALES_DOC_TYPE_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the type of sales

document.

SALES_DOC_TYPE_D VarChar

(30)

Sales document type description.

Table: L_SALES_GROUP

SALES_GROUP_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the sales group.

SALES_GROUP_DESC VarChar

(50)

Sales group description.

SALES_OFFICE_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Sales office to which the sales group

belongs. This references

SALES_OFFICE_ID in L_SALES_OFFICE.

Table: L_SALES_OFFICE

SALES_OFFICE_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the sales office.

SALES_OFFICE_DESC VarChar

(30)

Sales office description.

Table: L_SALES_ORG

SALES_ORG_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the sales organization.

SALES_ORG_DESC VarChar

(30)

Sales organization description.

INDUSTRY_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Industry sector associated with the sales

organization. This column references

INDUSTRY_ID in L_INDUSTRY.

Column Name Data Type

Primary

Key (PK) /

Foreign

Key (FK)

Column Comment

Page 272: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Physical Schema and Data Dictionary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceC

246 Table column information © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

COMP_CODE_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Company code associated with the sales

organization. This column references

COMP_CODE_ID in L_COMP_CODE.

Table: L_SDOC_ITEM_STATUS

SDOC_ITEM_STS_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the sales document item

status.

Note: These statuses are different

depending on the type of document; values

may apply only to specific document types.

SDOC_ITEM_STS_DESC VarChar

(30)

Item status description.

Table: L_SHIP_POINT

SHIP_POINT_ID Numeric

(38,0)

PK Unique identifier for the shipping point.

SHIP_POINT_DESC VarChar

(30)

Shipping point description.

Table: L_TIME

DATE_ID TimeStam

p (0)

PK Unique identifier for the date attribute. It is

used as ID and Description of the attribute.

MONTH_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Unique identifier for month. References

MONTH_ID in L_MONTH.

QUARTER_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Unique identifier for quarter. References

QUARTER_ID in L_QUARTER.

YEAR_ID Numeric

(38,0)

FK Unique identifier for year. References

YEAR_ID in L_YEAR.

Table: L_MONTH_YTD

MONTH_ID Integer (4) FK Unique identifier for the month; the current

format is YYYYMM and is stored as an

integer. It references MONTH_ID in

L_CAL_MONTH.

YTD_MNTH_ID Integer (4) PK Unique identifier for the month; the current

format is YYYYMM and is stored as an

integer. For a given MONTH_ID, this field

includes all the months of the year up the

the selected month.

Table: L_QUARTER_YTD

Column Name Data Type

Primary

Key (PK) /

Foreign

Key (FK)

Column Comment

Page 273: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Physical Schema and Data Dictionary C

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. Table column information 247

QUARTER_ID Integer (4) FK Unique identifier for the quarter; the current

format is YYYYQ and is stored as an

integer. It references QUARTER_ID in

L_CAL_QTR.

YTD_QTR_ID Integer (4) PK Unique identifier for the quarter; the current

format is YYYYQ and is stored as an

integer. For a given QUARTER_ID, this field

includes all the quarters of the year up the

the selected quarter.

Column Name Data Type

Primary

Key (PK) /

Foreign

Key (FK)

Column Comment

Page 274: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Physical Schema and Data Dictionary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module ReferenceC

248 Table column information © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Page 275: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. ad hoc query 249

GLOSSARY

ad hoc query A SQL query dynamically constructed by desktop tools and whose results are not known before it is sent to the server. The user is asking a new question that has not been answered by an existing report.

analyst The user category of a person who accesses reports, performs drilling, does exception reporting, generates report requirements, and is aware of the necessary analysis. An analyst receives useful data from information devices like alphanumeric pagers, fax machines, and e-mail without fully understanding how such information is derived or delivered.

analytics Predefined tools that allow analysis within each Analysis Module's functional areas. Analytics include reports, scorecards, dashboards, and so on.

Page 276: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Glossary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

250 attribute © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

attribute A data level defined by the system architect and associated with one or more columns in a data warehouse lookup table. Attributes include data classifications like Region, Order, Customer, Age, Item, City, and Year. They provide a means for aggregating and filtering data at a given level.

See also:

• form

• expression

• child attribute

• parent attribute

axes, axis 1) A vector along which data is displayed. There are three axes—Row, Column, and Page. When a user defines a template for a report, he places template units—attributes, dimensions, metrics, consolidations, and custom groups—along each axis.

2) One part of a multi-part graphical diagram. Many SDAM reports display data on more than one graphical axis, such as the Quotation Activity Summary report and the Quarterly Conversion Summary report.

backlog Open sales orders, or goods that have been ordered but not yet processed for delivery. A backlog may represent delays from the manufacturer, delays in delivery processing, an unanticipated number of new orders, and so on.

business intelligence(BI) system

A system that facilitates the analysis of volumes of complex data by providing the ability to view data from multiple perspectives.

category See hierarchy.

Page 277: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Glossary

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. child attribute 251

child attribute The lower-level attribute in an attribute relationship.

See also:

• parent attribute

• relationship

column 1) A one-dimensional vertical array of values in a table.

2) The set of fields of a given name and data type in all rows of a given table.

3) MicroStrategy object in the schema layer that can represent one or more physical table columns or no columns.

See also axis.

conditional metric A metric containing filter criteria in its definition.

consolidation An object that can be placed on a template and is made up of an ordered collection of elements called consolidation elements. Each element is a grouping of attribute elements that accommodates inter-row arithmetic operations.

Compare custom group.

cross sell The strategy of proactively marketing related products or services in addition to what a customer is already interested in buying. The results of a successful cross sell include an increase in the total value of the customer order or transaction.

custom group An object that can be placed on a template and is made up of an ordered collection of elements called custom group elements. Each element contains its own set of filtering qualifications.

Page 278: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Glossary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

252 data modeling © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

data modeling A method used to define and analyze data requirements needed to support the business functions of an enterprise. These data requirements are recorded as a conceptual data model with associated data definitions. Data modeling defines the relationships between data elements and data structures.

data warehouse 1) A database, typically very large, containing the historical data of an enterprise. Used for decision support or business intelligence, it organizes data and allows coordinated updates and loads.

2) A copy of transaction data specifically structured for query, reporting, and analysis.

decile, deciling The method by which a group is broken up into ten groups of equal elements. The first decile consists of the top ten percent; the second, the 11th to 20th percent; the third, the 21st to 30th percent; and so on.

dimension An element or factor making up a complete entity or variable (a quantity that may assume any one of a set of values). For example, product types, times, and regions are three dimensions pertaining to sales. Different product types are sold over different time zones in different regions.

document 1) A container for formatting, displaying, and distributing multiple grid and graph reports from a single request.

2) The MicroStrategy object that supports such functionality.

Page 279: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Glossary

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. drill 253

drill A method of obtaining supplementary information after a report has been executed. The new data is retrieved by re-querying the Intelligent Cube or database at a different attribute or fact level.

See also:

• page-by

• sort

• subtotal

editor A dialog box used to create and edit MicroStrategy Objects. There is a Filter Editor, Template Editor, Attribute Editor, Metric Editor, Report Editor, and so on.

entry level The lowest level set of attributes at which a fact is available for analysis.

ETL (extraction,transformation, and

loading)

1) The process used to populate a data warehouse from disparate existing database systems.

2) Third-party software used to facilitate such a process.

expression Formulas built from functions, attributes, facts, metrics, and consolidations that can be used to define attribute forms, fact calculations, metrics, or filters.

fact 1) A measurement value, often numeric and typically aggregatable, stored in a data warehouse.

2) A schema object representing a column in a data warehouse table and containing basic or aggregated numbers—usually prices, or sales in dollars, or inventory quantities in counts.

See also metric.

Page 280: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Glossary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

254 fact table © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

fact table A database table containing numeric data that may be aggregated along one or more dimensions. Fact tables may contain atomic or summarized data.

filter A MicroStrategy object that specifies a set of criteria used to limit the data returned in a report. Specifically, it limits the returned values of an attribute in the result set to a specified range. It is normally implemented in the SQL WHERE clause. Examples include: “1997”, “All weekdays in May”, “Stores in the Northeast”.

folder A MicroStrategy object used for grouping and storing in a single place a set of objects that are similar, such as filters, templates, and reports.

folder list A portion of the interface that lists all the folders found in the project in a hierarchical fashion. It helps a user to visualize and browse through a MicroStrategy project.

form One of several columns associated with an attribute that are different aspects of the same thing. For example, ID, Name, Last Name, Long Description, and Abbreviation could be forms of the attribute Customer. Every attribute supports its own collection of forms.

graph analytic An analytic showing data as points, lines, or bars, arranged according to axes based on the chosen metrics. Although not all analytics can be displayed in every graph type available, many analytics can be viewed in several ways. Choices for graph display include bars, lines, area graphs, and three-dimensional graphs.

grid analytic An analytic consisting of rows and columns. Each row or column has a heading, and each heading represents a prompt from the analytic. Grid analytics can be modified easily, by drilling, moving columns, converting columns to rows, sorting, and using page-by to display subsets of the analytic data as separate pages.

Page 281: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Glossary

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. hierarchy 255

hierarchy A set of attributes defining a meaningful path for element browsing or drilling. The order of the attributes is typically—though not always—defined such that a higher attribute has a one-to-many relationship with its child attributes.

item A single element of an inquiry, quotation, sales order, or delivery order. Each item refers to one of the materials requested by the customer in an inquiry, quotation, or order.

KPI (key performanceindicator)

An indicator gauging how well a company progresses in numerous areas such as finance, customer service, and product availability and distribution.

level 1) In a data warehouse, facts are said to be stored at a particular level defined by the attribute IDs present in the fact table. For example, if a fact table has a Date column, an Item_ID column, and a fact column, that fact is stored at the Date/Item level.

2) With regard to metric calculation, the level is the level of calculation for the metric. For example, a metric on a report with Year and Store attributes would be calculated at the Year/Store level.

logical data model A graphical representation of data that is arranged logically for the general user, as opposed to the physical data model or warehouse schema, which arranges data for efficient database use.

lookup table A database table used to uniquely identify attribute elements. They typically consist of descriptions of dimensions. Lookup tables are usually joined to fact tables to group the numeric facts in the fact table by dimensional attributes in the lookup tables.

material category A division within the classification schema of company materials (or products).

Page 282: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Glossary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

256 metadata © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

metadata A repository whose data associates the tables and columns of a data warehouse with user-defined attributes and facts, to enable the mapping of the business view, terms, and needs to the underlying database structure. Metadata can reside on the same server as the data warehouse or on a different database server. It can even be held in a different RDBMS.

metric 1) A business calculation defined by an expression built with functions, facts, attributes, or other metrics. For example: sum(dollar_sales) or [Sales] - [Cost].

2) The MicroStrategy object that contains the metric definition.

See also fact.

MicroStrategyAnalytics Modules

A group of MicroStrategy projects with prepackaged metadata, reports, scorecards, and dashboards; default physical and logical data models to allow the modules to work with an external physical schema and data model or with the module’s packaged data warehouse schema; and reference guides for each Analysis Module’s data model, the individual analysis areas, metadata object definitions, data dictionary, and individual report use scenarios.

MicroStrategyBusiness IntelligenceDeveloper Kit (BIDK)

A rapid application development framework consisting of analytical starter kits (the Analytics Modules), development products, and design and development methodologies. The BIDK includes five Analytics Modules that are built to be portable.

MicroStrategyIntelligence Server

Core of the MicroStrategy architecture; manages and organizes users, projects, and database connections; coordinates, prioritizes, and executes all user requests; and allocates the resources necessary to complete them. MicroStrategy Intelligence Server tracks schedules, manages security, and provides the ability to monitor and analyze the daily activity of the entire decision support environment.

Page 283: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Glossary

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. multidimensional analysis 257

multidimensionalanalysis

A form of analysis of the data in a data warehouse that includes many relationships, each representing a dimension. For example, a retail analysis may seek to understand the relationships among sales by region, by quarter, by demographic distribution (income, education level, gender), and by product. Multidimensional analysis provides results for these complex relationships.

object Conceptually, the highest grouping level of information about one concept, used by the user to achieve the goal of specified data analysis. More concretely, an object is any item that can be selected and manipulated, including folders, reports, facts, metrics, and so on.

outline mode Report viewing mode that creates indented, collapsible groupings of related elements to make reports neater and easier to read.

page-by Segmenting the data in a grid report by placing available attributes, consolidations, and metrics on a third axis called the Page axis. Since a grid is two-dimensional, only a slice of the cube can be seen at any one time. The slice is characterized by the choice of elements on the Page axis. By varying the selection of elements, the user can page through the cube.

See also:

• drill

• sort

• subtotal

parent attribute The higher-level attribute in an attribute relationship with one or more children.

See also:

• child attribute

• relationship

Page 284: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Glossary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

258 patterns © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

patterns Associations among data in a database which recur with some frequency. A pattern can be the fact that whenever product A is purchased, 73% of the time a customer also purchases product B; or product C is most often purchased at a particular time of year. In each of these examples, there is an association or linking of two or more facts to form a pattern.

project The highest-level intersection of a data warehouse, metadata repository, and user community, containing reports, filters, metrics, and functions.

prompt MicroStrategy object in the report definition that is incomplete by design. The user is asked during the resolution phase of report execution to provide an answer that completes the information. A typical example with a filter is choosing a specific attribute on which to qualify.

query A request for data from a database or data warehouse. A report is a database query.

ranking A type of OLAP function that returns the rank of a value in a group of values. Rows with equal values with respect to the ordering are assigned the same rank.

reference document A document that is related to the one in question, but which was created earlier. For example, a sales order usually originates from a quotation; the quotation is the reference document for the sales order. A quotation often originates from an inquiry; the inquiry is the reference document for the quotation.

relate table A table containing the ID columns of two or more attributes, thus defining associations between them.

Page 285: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Glossary

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. relationship 259

relationship An association specifying the nature of the connection between one attribute (the parent) and one or more other attributes (the children). For example, City is a child attribute of State.

See also:

• parent attribute

• child attribute

report The central focus of any decision support investigation. A report allows users to query for data, analyze that data, and then present it in a visually pleasing manner.

schema 1) The set of tables in a data warehouse associated with a logical data model. The attribute and fact columns in those tables are considered part of the schema itself.

2) The layout or structure of a database system. In relational databases, the schema defines the tables, the fields in each table, and the relationships between fields and tables.

schema object MicroStrategy object created, usually by a project designer, that relates the information in the logical data model and physical warehouse schema to the MicroStrategy environment. These objects are developed in MicroStrategy Architect, which can be accessed from MicroStrategy Desktop. Schema objects directly reflect the warehouse structure and include attributes, facts, functions, hierarchies, operators, partition mappings, tables, and transformations.

scorecard A type of tally sheet displaying a company's performance using key performance indicators (KPIs) that gauge how well a company progresses in areas such as finance, customer service, and product availability and distribution.

See also KPI (key performance indicator).

segmentation A technique for deriving clusters and classes by creating two-way and multi-way splits from a dataset according to specified variables.

Page 286: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Glossary Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

260 sort © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

sort Arranging data according to some characteristic of the data itself (alphabetical descending, numeric ascending, and so forth).

See also:

• drill

• page-by

• subtotal

subtotal A totaling operation performed for a portion of a result set.

See also:

• drill

• page-by

threshold Used to create conditional formatting for metric values. For example, if dollar sales is greater than $200, format that cell to have a blue background with bold type.

transaction An action that results in the creation of a document, either an inquiry, quotation, or sales order. Each transaction includes a number of items.

See also item.

transformation A schema object that encapsulates a business rule used to compare results of different time periods. Transformations are used in the definition of a metric to alter the behavior of that metric.

user hierarchy Named sets of attributes and their relationships, arranged in specific sequences for a logical business organization. They are user-defined and do not need to follow the logical model.

Page 287: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. 261

INDEX

A

ad hoc analysis 6

advanced metrics 7

analysis areas 4

analytics defined on 2

Analytics Modules defined on x

attributes defined on 12

B

backlog

analysis 132

by customer 135

by material 133

by organization 134

base formula metrics 152

BIDK.See MicroStrategy Business Intelli-gence Developer Kit.

C

columns 233

configuring the module x

currency 221

custom grouping 6

customer delivery history analysis 127

customer loyalty 82

customer sales

analysis 80

D

dashboards 6, defined on 9

dashboards, about 2

data warehouse

and porting 14

default, tables and columns 227

options 14

populating 227

definitions

object 13

project 12

delivery

analysis 111

by region 125

by shipping point 118

metrics 167

open 113

reports 113

summary 116

delivery document facts 222

delivery history analysis 127

Page 288: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Index Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

262 © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

delivery service

analysis 131

by customer 141

by shipping point 139

metrics 170

quality 136

reports 132

delivery status 69

designing analytical applications xi

dimension defined on 13

documents 6, defined on 10

drilling defined on 7

E

editor 13

entry level defined on 185

Erwin file

logical schema 12, 182

physical schema 15, 228

ETL routines 227

expression, form 186

F

fact tables

and quantity facts 220

in logical schema 183

in physical schema 228

facts defined on 12, 220

delivery document 222

quantity 220

sales document 220

filter 6

filters glossary 174

folder

public objects 8

reports 8

schema objects 13

form expression 186

formatting, reports 6

G

glossaries

filters 174

metrics 151

prompts 179

H

hierarchies 13, defined on 184

customer 196

delivery document 206

material 190

organization 184

reference document 204

sales document 200

shipping point 210

time 212

user 217

I

inquiry

analysis 29

by material 31, 35

by region 36

by sales office 32

conversions 58

metrics 155

reports 30

summary 30

inquiry-to-quotation conversion analysis 58

installing the modules xi

international support xx

introduction 1

Page 289: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference Index

© 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc. 263

K

key performance indicators 6, 9

L

logical data model defined on 12, 181

logical schema diagram 182

lookup tables 186

M

mapping methods 13

material sales analysis 85

metadata defined on xi

metrics

advanced, about 7

base formula 152

delivery 167

glossary 151

inquiry 155

quotation 157

sales order 160

service 170

MicroStrategy Business Intelligence De-veloper Kit defined on x

MicroStrategy Report Services 8

MicroStrategy Sales & Distribution Analy-sis Module

about 1

analysis areas 4

features 5

solutions 2

module

about x

configuring x

installing xi

porting xi

multidimensional 12

O

object

definitions 13

glossary 151

properties 13

public, about ix

schema, about ix

outbound delivery analysis 116

Outline mode defined on 44

P

page-by defined on 6

physical schema

about defined on 14

diagram 228

populating a data warehouse 227

porting a module xi, 14

prerequisites xii

Product hierarchy 191

example 40

profitability 77

project

accessing 8

definitions 12, 151

prompts defined on 6

glossary 179

properties, object 13

public objects folder 8

Q

quantity facts 220

quotation

analysis 39

by customer 45

by distribution channel 54

by material 49

Page 290: MicroStrategy Sales and Distribution Analysis Module Referencetunweb.teradata.ws/tunstudent/databasedescriptions/microstrategy/sdamref.pdf · This guide is a reference for the MicroStrategy

Index Sales & Distribution Analysis Module Reference

264 © 2007 MicroStrategy, Inc.

by product 43

by region 52

conversions 58

metrics 157

rejections 56

reports 41

summary 42, 47

quotation history analysis 62

R

RDBMS 227

reference document 40, 68

reports

accessing 8

formatting 6

usage scenarios 7

resources xiv

returns

analysis 144

by customer 148

by material 147

processing 145

S

sales

by customer characteristics 83

by organization 75

summary 73

top 5 orders 79

sales document facts 220

sales order

analysis 67

by customer 71

by material 70

metrics 160

reports 69

summary 69

top 5 79

schema

logical 182

physical 228

schema objects folder 13

scorecards 2, defined on 9, 17

SDAM. See MicroStrategy Sales and Distri-bution Analysis Module.

segmentation defined on 6

shipping point

contributions 122

delivery volumes 121

processing times 123

solutions 2

source tables 13

support

international xx

support. See technical support.

T

table columns 233

tables

lookup 186

physical 230

technical support xxi

thresholds defined on 6

transformations 216